vision_n commence_v from_o christ_n resurrection_n for_o to_o that_o end_n only_o be_v the_o mention_n of_o this_o day_n proper_a to_o this_o prophecy_n on_o which_o he_o may_v true_o style_v himself_o the_o first_o beget_v of_o the_o dead_a and_o he_o that_o be_v dead_a and_o be_v alive_a .._o and_o according_o we_o be_v not_o to_o suppose_v as_o some_o do_v that_o he_o receive_v this_o prophecy_n on_o the_o annual_a day_n of_o the_o resurrection_n but_o that_o according_a to_o the_o decorum_n to_o be_v observe_v in_o vision_n and_o representation_n the_o very_a numerical_a day_n in_o which_o christ_n arise_v be_v as_o it_o be_v recall_v and_o represent_v unto_o he_o as_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o time_n allot_v to_o the_o action_n of_o the_o whole_a representation_n and_o from_o its_o be_v say_v that_o he_o be_v in_o the_o spirit_n on_o that_o day_n it_o may_v be_v conjecture_v see_v that_o every_o thing_n in_o this_o prophecy_n have_v a_o mystical_a sense_n which_o yet_o be_v the_o primary_n and_o most_o proper_a that_o the_o day_n of_o pentecost_n on_o which_o christ_n give_v the_o gift_n of_o the_o spirit_n be_v join_v in_o vision_n and_o representation_n with_o it_o as_o the_o same_o day_n may_v happen_v to_o be_v the_o king_n coronation_n and_o birth_n day_n too_o 21_o word_n of_o see_v hear_v and_o the_o like_a signify_v in_o scripture_n the_o action_n of_o the_o inward_a sense_n as_o well_o as_o of_o the_o outward_a 11_o say_v i_o 22_o be_o alpha_n and_o omega_n the_o first_o and_o the_o last_o and_o what_o thou_o see_v in_o this_o vision_n write_v in_o a_o book_n for_o great_a security_n and_o continuance_n job_n 19.23_o 24._o and_o send_v it_o unto_o the_o seven_o 23_o church_n which_o be_v in_o asia_n the_o less_o unto_o ephesus_n and_o unto_o smyrna_n and_o unto_o pergamus_n and_o unto_o thyatira_n and_o unto_o sardis_n and_o unto_o philadelphia_n and_o unto_o laodicea_n 22_o these_o solemn_a title_n of_o christ_n divinity_n be_v here_o repeat_v not_o only_o for_o the_o great_a assurance_n of_o the_o certainty_n of_o these_o vision_n but_o to_o signify_v by_o be_v place_v immediate_o before_o the_o command_n to_o write_v to_o the_o seven_o church_n that_o these_o epistle_n relate_v to_o what_o be_v to_o come_v to_o pass_v in_o the_o end_n of_o time_n and_o that_o they_o contain_v a_o succession_n of_o prophecy_n from_o the_o first_o to_o the_o last_o and_o the_o solemn_a appearance_n of_o christ_n which_o follow_v and_o the_o whole_a preface_n with_o which_o this_o vision_n be_v introduce_v do_v make_v it_o high_o probable_a that_o they_o be_v design_v for_o more_o than_o seven_o private_a church_n of_o no_o very_o large_a extent_n or_o duration_n 23_o that_o these_o city_n be_v all_o in_o be_v in_o john_n time_n be_v past_a doubt_n only_o it_o have_v be_v question_v by_o some_o whether_o there_o be_v church_n as_o yet_o erect_v in_o all_o of_o they_o which_o yet_o seem_v to_o be_v a_o groundless_a scruple_n see_v that_o the_o apostle_n paul_n so_o long_o before_o profess_v that_o he_o have_v at_o ephesus_n a_o great_a door_n and_o a_o effectual_a one_o open_v to_o he_o and_o that_o the_o word_n of_o god_n increase_v so_o mighty_o throughout_o all_o asia_n that_o he_o think_v good_a to_o tarry_v among_o they_o for_o the_o space_n of_o three_o year_n act_n 19.10_o 20._o and_o 20.18_o 31._o see_v archbishop_n usher_n treatise_n concern_v the_o original_a of_o bishop_n and_o metropolitan_o and_o of_o the_o lydian_a or_o proconsular_a asia_n 12_o and_o i_o turn_v to_o see_v who_o the_o voice_n be_v that_o speak_v with_o i_o and_o be_v turn_v i_o see_v seven_o golden_a 24_o candlestick_n represent_v seven_o church_n 24_o candlestick_n be_v symbol_n or_o visible_a hieroglyphic_n of_o church_n take_v from_o the_o candlestick_n with_o seven_o branch_n and_o lamp_n in_o it_o under_o the_o law_n which_o be_v a_o type_n of_o the_o church_n exod._n 25.31_o numb_a 8.2_o whereby_o be_v signify_v their_o duty_n of_o enlighten_v and_o instruct_v by_o the_o purity_n of_o their_o doctrine_n and_o example_n whereby_o they_o become_v precious_a as_o gold_n in_o the_o fight_n of_o god_n see_v and_o compare_v psalm_n 19.10_o matth._n 5.14_o john_n 5.35_o rom._n 10.15_o philip._n 2.15_o 16._o and_o most_o especial_o the_o candlestick_n zec._n 4._o give_n great_a light_n to_o the_o candlestick_n in_o this_o vision_n 13_o and_o in_o the_o midst_n 25_o of_o the_o seven_o candlestick_n one_o like_a unto_o the_o son_n of_o man_n i._n e._n christ_n walk_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o they_o to_o order_v they_o as_o the_o priest_n do_v the_o lamp_n exod._n 27.20_o 21._o and_o to_o protect_v guide_v and_o watch_v over_o they_o levit_fw-la 26.12_o matth._n 18.20.28_o 20._o 2_o cor._n 6.16_o clothe_v in_o the_o high-priest_n vestment_n with_o a_o garment_n down_o to_o the_o foot_n exod._n 28_o 40.39_o 27._o ezek._n 9.2_o dan_fw-mi 10_o 5._o and_o gird_v about_o the_o pap_n with_o a_o golden_a girdle_n of_o the_o ephod_n exod_a 28_o 8.29_o 5._o to_o denote_v his_o royal_a priesthood_n a_o golden_a girdle_n be_v also_o the_o habit_n of_o king_n ancient_o among_o the_o eastern_a nation_n job_n 12.18_o 25_o hence_o perhaps_o it_o be_v that_o god_n command_v exod_n 25.37_o and_o numb_a 8.2_o that_o the_o lamp_n shall_v be_v light_v on_o that_o part_n which_o be_v towards_o the_o midst_n or_o middle_a branch_n of_o the_o candlestick_n signify_v thereby_o christ_n to_o who_o we_o ought_v all_o to_o look_v for_o help_v and_o from_o who_o we_o have_v all_o our_o light_n and_o knowledge_n see_v ainsworth_n on_o numb_a 8.2_o 14_o his_o head_n 26_o and_o his_o hair_n be_v white_a like_o wool_n as_o white_a as_o snow_n note_v his_o eternal_a wisdom_n and_o authority_n dan._n 7.9_o and_o his_o eye_n be_v as_o a_o flame_n of_o fire_n penetrate_v all_o thing_n by_o his_o providence_n with_o quickness_n power_n and_o terror_n dan._n 10.6_o ezek._n 1.27_o hebr._n 4.12_o 13._o 26_o hence_o may_v be_v prove_v the_o consubstantiality_n and_o equality_n of_o the_o son_n with_o the_o father_n the_o same_o expression_n be_v use_v in_o daniel_n concern_v the_o father_n 15_o and_o his_o foot_n especial_o when_o he_o come_v to_o judge_v his_o church_n isa_n 53.7_o like_o unto_o fine_a 27_o brass_n as_o if_o they_o burn_v in_o a_o furnace_n i._n e._n represent_v the_o stability_n power_n glory_n and_o terror_n of_o his_o action_n and_o punishment_n and_o that_o his_o servant_n be_v to_o be_v purify_v and_o refine_v by_o suffering_n dan._n 10_o 6.12_o 10._o malach._n ch_n 3._o and_o 4._o and_o his_o voice_n as_o the_o sound_n of_o many_o water_n i._n e._n his_o word_n be_v powerful_a and_o terrible_a like_o that_o of_o a_o rage_a multitude_n signify_v by_o water_n dan_n 10.6_o psal_n 93.4_o 27_o see_v dr._n hammond_n who_o seem_v to_o have_v give_v the_o true_a sense_n of_o these_o word_n wherein_o be_v represent_v a_o fiery_a flame_a appearance_n in_o glory_n take_v from_o a_o flame_a fire_n in_o which_o the_o low_a part_n look_v like_o amber_n which_o we_o translate_v fine_a brass_n and_o the_o flame_n especial_o the_o upper_a part_n be_v of_o a_o white_a colour_n 16_o and_o he_o have_v in_o his_o right_a hand_n i._n e._n under_o his_o mighty_a power_n direction_n and_o protection_n in_o safety_n and_o great_a honour_n psal_n 18.35_o jeâ—em_n 22.24_o cant._n 8_o 6._o seven_o star_n i._n e._n the_o angel_n of_o the_o seven_o church_n ver_fw-la 20._o and_o out_o of_o his_o mouth_n go_v a_o sharp_a two_o edge_a sword_n i_o e._n his_o word_n sharp_a quick_a and_o powerful_a for_o the_o destruction_n of_o his_o enemy_n and_o the_o defence_n of_o his_o friend_n eph._n 6.17_o hebr._n 4.12_o and_o his_o countenance_n i._n e._n the_o manifestation_n of_o himself_o cant._n 5.15_o psal_n 4_o 6_o be_v as_o the_o sun_n shine_v in_o his_o strength_n at_o noon_n in_o its_o great_a height_n and_o brightness_n that_o be_v very_o glorious_a and_o of_o majesty_n 17_o and_o when_o i_o see_v he_o in_fw-la this_o glorious_a and_o terrible_a appearance_n i_o fall_v at_o his_o foot_n as_o dead_a for_o fear_n and_o he_o lay_v his_o right_a hand_n of_o power_n and_o support_v upon_o i_o say_v unto_o i_o fear_v not_o i_o be_o the_o first_o and_o the_o last_o i._o e_o the_o eternal_a almighty_a god_n who_o can_v sustain_v and_o strengthen_v thou_o dan._n 8_o 18.10_o 10_o 18._o 18_o i_o be_o he_o that_o live_v i._n e._n the_o live_a god_n the_o fountain_n and_o author_n of_o life_n and_o be_v dead_a for_o your_o sin_n and_o behold_v now_o i_o be_o alive_a be_v that_o for_o evermore_o amen_n i._n e._n this_o be_v a_o certain_a truth_n and_o i_o have_v the_o key_n of_o 28_o hell_n i._n e._n power_n over_o the_o state_n and_o place_n of_o separate_a
soul_n to_o call_v they_o back_o or_o retain_v they_o when_o they_o be_v depart_v out_o of_o the_o body_n and_o of_o death_n it_o self_n to_o keep_v man_n from_o it_o and_o therefore_o fear_v not_o for_o if_o you_o be_v real_o dead_a i_o can_v raise_v you_o up_o again_o all_o which_o look_v with_o a_o full_a eye_n on_o that_o great_a first_o resurrection_n c._n 20._o 28_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d see_v hammond_n on_o matth._n 11._o and_o bishop_n pearson_n on_o the_o creed_n 19_o and_n upon_o this_o assurance_n stand_v up_o upon_o thy_o foot_n and_o be_v of_o good_a courage_n and_o write_v in_o a_o book_n unto_o the_o seven_o church_n as_o i_o before_o command_v thou_o vers_n 11._o the_o thing_n which_o thou_o have_v see_v already_o 29_o in_o the_o representation_n of_o the_o seven_o star_n and_o seven_o golden_a candlestick_n vers_fw-la 12_o 13_o 16._o and_o 30_o write_v also_o the_o thing_n which_o be_v now_o in_o be_v in_o my_o present_a apostolical_a church_n and_o the_o thing_n which_o shall_v be_v hereafter_o successive_o to_o the_o very_a end_n of_o time_n 29_o it_o be_v manifest_a from_o the_o next_o verse_n that_o this_o be_v the_o true_a sense_n of_o these_o word_n where_o it_o be_v express_o say_v that_o the_o seven_o star_n be_v see_v by_o he_o in_o his_o right_a hand_n which_o be_v therefore_o the_o thing_n he_o have_v see_v and_o be_v write_v with_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o preface_n in_o a_o book_n to_o the_o seven_o church_n verse_n 11._o 30_o here_o he_o be_v command_v to_o write_v the_o epistle_n to_o the_o seven_o church_n the_o first_o of_o which_o viz._n that_o to_o ephesus_n as_o we_o have_v there_o show_v refer_v to_o the_o state_n of_o the_o then_o apostolical_a church_n begin_v at_o christ_n resurrection_n the_o other_o to_o the_o follow_v successive_a state_n of_o the_o church_n to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n 20_o which_o thing_n present_a and_o future_a be_v the_o 31_o mystery_n or_o the_o prophetical_a and_o mystical_a sense_n of_o the_o seven_o star_n which_o thou_o see_v in_o my_o right_a hand_n which_v be_v the_o thing_n thou_o have_v see_v and_o not_o the_o mystery_n to_o be_v write_v concern_v they_o and_o write_v the_o seven_a golden_a candlestick_n i_o e._n the_o mystery_n or_o mystic_a sense_n of_o they_o also_o the_o seven_o 32_o star_n be_v or_o signify_v and_o represent_v gen._n 41.26_o the_o angel_n 33_o or_o pastor_n of_o the_o seven_o church_n and_o the_o seven_o candlestick_n which_o thou_o see_v be_v the_o seven_o church_n or_o be_v 34_o seven_o church_n that_o be_v body_n of_o christian_n under_o their_o several_a pastor_n as_o well_o those_o which_o be_v now_o as_o those_o which_o shall_v be_v successive_o hereafter_o 31_o these_o word_n which_o be_v of_o the_o accusative_a case_n and_o put_v by_o way_n of_o apposition_n plain_o refer_v only_o to_o the_o thing_n which_o be_v and_o shall_v be_v which_o be_v here_o say_v to_o be_v the_o mystery_n or_o mystical_a meaning_n of_o the_o seven_o star_n which_o therefore_o be_v not_o refer_v to_o as_o be_v not_o themselves_o the_o mystery_n but_o the_o thing_n which_o be_v to_o be_v mystical_o explain_v in_o the_o follow_a epistle_n and_o from_o hence_o also_o we_o be_v plain_o give_v to_o understand_v that_o the_o subject_a matter_n of_o these_o epistle_n be_v mystical_a and_o not_o bare_o literal_a and_o that_o they_o concern_v thing_n future_a as_o well_o as_o the_o present_a 32_o here_o be_v explain_v what_o be_v mean_v by_o star_n and_o candlestick_n who_o further_a mystical_a meaning_n as_o they_o relate_v to_o church_n then_o in_o be_v and_o to_o future_a succession_n of_o they_o and_o their_o pastor_n be_v large_o deliver_v in_o the_o follow_a epistle_n 33_o the_o minister_a spirit_n which_o attend_v on_o god_n be_v call_v angel_n in_o scripture_n from_o their_o be_v employ_v as_o messenger_n in_o his_o service_n and_o therefore_o by_o the_o angel_n of_o the_o church_n must_v be_v mean_v the_o pastor_n of_o they_o which_o be_v here_o clear_o distinguish_v from_o the_o church_n themselves_o from_o their_o like_a office_n of_o deliver_v god_n message_n to_o the_o people_n and_o put_v up_o their_o prayer_n unto_o he_o upon_o which_o account_n the_o jewish_a priest_n be_v call_v the_o messenger_n or_o angel_n of_o the_o lord_n of_o host_n malach._n 2.7_o where_o angel_n that_o i_o may_v observe_v this_o by_o the_o way_n be_v evident_o take_v collectively_o as_o dr._n pocock_n on_o the_o place_n confess_v for_o the_o succession_n of_o the_o whole_a jewish_a priesthood_n comprehend_v there_o under_o the_o common_a name_n of_o levi_n their_o father_n and_o speak_v of_o as_o one_o person_n because_o they_o be_v all_o of_o the_o fame_n stock_n and_o all_o separate_v to_o the_o same_o function_n and_o as_o they_o be_v upon_o this_o account_n call_v angel_n so_o be_v they_o call_v star_n from_o their_o office_n of_o enlighten_v or_o instruct_v other_o by_o angel_n therefore_o in_o this_o and_o the_o follow_a chapter_n be_v mean_v the_o evangelical_n ministry_n represent_v by_o angel_n as_o all_o other_o ministerial_a agent_n be_v in_o this_o prophecy_n because_o the_o present_a world_n be_v subject_a to_o angel_n under_o christ_n the_o head_n of_o they_o and_o the_o angel_n of_o the_o covenant_n whereas_o the_o world_n to_o come_v that_o be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n at_o his_o last_o come_n as_o the_o apostle_n speak_v heb._n 2.5_o be_v to_o be_v rule_v by_o christ_n and_o his_o saint_n and_o be_v not_o to_o be_v in_o subjection_n unto_o angel_n 34_o it_o be_v here_o say_v that_o the_o seven_o candlestick_n be_v or_o signify_v seven_o church_n for_o so_o it_o be_v in_o the_o greek_a not_o the_o seven_o church_n which_o may_v seem_v to_o have_v determine_v they_o to_o the_o seven_o in_o asia_n the_o epistle_n be_v indeed_o to_o be_v send_v to_o the_o seven_o church_n of_o asia_n ver_fw-la 11._o but_o the_o mystical_a meaning_n of_o they_o be_v not_o here_o say_v to_o belong_v to_o the_o angel_n or_o to_o the_o seven_o church_n of_o asia_n only_o but_o to_o seven_o church_n and_o to_o the_o angel_n of_o they_o from_o whence_o it_o be_v plain_a that_o they_o be_v prophetical_a relate_v to_o seven_o succession_n of_o the_o universal_a church_n see_v mr._n church_n mr._n book_n 1._o disc_n 52._o and_o pag._n 905._o doctor_n moor_n exposition_n of_o the_o epistle_n to_o the_o seven_o church_n mede_n chap._n ii_o the_o text._n unto_o the_o angel_n or_o evangelical_n ministry_n chap._n 1._o 20._o of_o the_o church_n of_o ephesus_n that_o be_v now_o plant_v there_o and_o of_o that_o period_n 1_o of_o the_o church_n which_o be_v mystical_o represent_v by_o it_o write_v these_o thing_n say_v he_o that_o hold_v the_o seven_o star_n in_o his_o right_a hand_n who_o walk_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o seven_o golden_a candlestick_n i._n e._n christ_n the_o light_n of_o the_o world_n who_o be_v more_o immediate_o present_a with_o they_o to_o enlighten_v guide_n and_o support_v they_o chap._n 1._o 13_o 16_o 20._o annotation_n on_o chap._n ii_o 1_o this_o i_o shall_v hereafter_o endeavour_v to_o make_v out_o to_o be_v the_o principal_a if_o not_o only_a drift_n of_o these_o epistle_n from_o such_o character_n and_o argument_n as_o shall_v arise_v from_o the_o text_n itself_o very_o good_a interpreter_n and_o particular_o grotius_n on_o revel_n 1.11_o have_v thought_n that_o the_o several_a succession_n of_o the_o church_n here_o represent_v be_v intimate_v in_o their_o very_a name_n according_a to_o a_o way_n of_o allusion_n make_v use_v of_o in_o scripture_n as_o well_o as_o in_o heathen_a author_n for_o thus_o the_o god_n of_o ekron_n who_o true_a name_n be_v think_v to_o have_v be_v baal_n zebachim_n or_o the_o lord_n of_o sacrifice_n be_v call_v in_o derision_n baal_n zebub_n or_o the_o lord_n of_o fly_n and_o belzebul_n or_o the_o dunghill_n god_n and_o the_o prophet_n micah_n 1.14_o 15._o manifest_o allude_v to_o the_o name_n of_o city_n call_v achzib_n a_o lie_n as_o if_o its_o name_n be_v derive_v from_o cazab_n which_o in_o hebrew_n signify_v to_o lie_v and_o the_o city_n mareshah_n be_v threaten_v to_o be_v disinherit_v in_o allusion_n to_o its_o name_n and_o adullam_n be_v call_v the_o glory_n of_o israel_n perhaps_o say_v doctor_n pocock_n on_o the_o place_n from_o its_o situation_n its_o strength_n or_o its_o beauty_n or_o some_o other_o reason_n probable_o take_v from_o its_o name_n as_o the_o other_o be_v although_o now_o unknown_a and_o such_o paronomasia_n or_o allusion_n may_v be_v more_o frequent_a in_o scripture_n than_o we_o think_v for_o by_o reason_n of_o our_o ignorance_n in_o the_o premitive_a language_n and_o of_o the_o story_n and_o circumstance_n of_o the_o place_n who_o name_n be_v allude_v to_o 2_o
to_o be_v set_v up_o see_v on_o chap._n 8.7_o 9_o and_o when_o he_o i._n e._n the_o lamb_n christ_n have_v open_v 20_o the_o five_o seal_n i_o see_v under_o the_o altar_n 21_o of_o sacrifice_n leu._n 4.7_o i_o e._n under_o the_o power_n in_o the_o presence_n of_o and_o in_o communion_n with_o god_n and_o christ_n the_o soul_n of_o they_o see_v on_o chap._n 20.4_o that_o be_v slay_v for_o the_o word_n of_o god_n and_o for_o the_o testimony_n which_o they_o hold_v i_o e._n the_o christian_a martyr_n especial_o under_o diocletian_a chap._n 2_o 10.20_o 4._o 20_o the_o beast_n voice_n or_o the_o apostolic_a ministry_n here_o cease_v to_o show_v that_o satan_n synagogue_n be_v now_o rise_v in_o the_o smyrnaean_a succession_n upon_o the_o honour_n pay_v to_o martyr_n under_o this_o seal_n 21_o when_o altar_n be_v put_v indefinite_o the_o altar_n of_o sacrifice_n be_v usual_o understand_v where_o the_o blood_n of_o the_o sacrifice_n be_v wont_a to_o be_v pour_v out_o and_o by_o be_v under_o the_o altar_n be_v signify_v the_o happy_a state_n of_o martyr_n under_o the_o protection_n and_o in_o the_o presence_n of_o god_n and_o christ_n as_o appear_v from_o heb._n 13.10_o colos_n 3.3_o 4._o compare_v with_o 2_o maccab._n 7.36_o psalm_n 27.5_o phil._n 2.17_o and_o here_o be_v give_v a_o plain_a character_n of_o this_o seal_n from_o the_o voice_n of_o the_o blood_n of_o the_o martyr_n and_o from_o the_o change_n of_o thing_n immediate_o follow_v it_o in_o the_o next_o seal_n whereby_o be_v evident_o signify_v the_o great_a persecution_n under_o diocletian_a whereupon_o the_o aera_fw-la martyrum_fw-la be_v institute_v and_o the_o overthrow_n of_o paganism_n under_o constantine_n from_o whence_o also_o it_o be_v very_o manifest_a that_o the_o smyrnaean_a succession_n be_v contemporary_a with_o this_o seal_n from_o the_o like_a appearance_n chap._n 2.10_o 10_o and_o they_o 22_o cry_v instead_o of_o the_o apostolical_a voice_n with_o a_o loud_a voice_n thereby_o show_v their_o number_n their_o zeal_n and_o the_o importance_n of_o their_o complaint_n say_v how_o long_o o_o lord_n christ_n holy_a and_o therefore_o hate_v cruelty_n and_o bloodshed_n and_o true_a to_o thy_o promise_n of_o avenge_a thy_o people_n luke_n 18.7_o 8._o do_v thou_o not_o judge_v and_o avenge_v our_o blood_n to_o vindicate_v thy_o honour_n and_o thy_o truth_n on_o they_o that_o dwell_v on_o the_o earth_n i._n e._n the_o pagan_a empire_n for_o our_o persecution_n have_v be_v long_o and_o cruel_a revel_v 2.10_o 22_o as_o abel_n blood_n do_v gen._n 2.10_o heb._n 12.24_o 11_o and_o white_a robe_n denote_v reward_n honour_n and_o purity_n chap._n 3.4_o be_v give_v unto_o every_o one_o of_o they_o and_o it_o be_v say_v unto_o they_o that_o they_o shall_v rest_v yet_o in_o quiet_v patient_o expect_v the_o time_n of_o god_n vengeance_n for_o a_o little_a season_n until_o their_o fellow_n servant_n also_o and_o their_o brethren_n in_o christ_n that_o shall_v be_v kill_v as_o they_o be_v shall_v be_v fullfil_v 23_o i._n e._n until_o the_o time_n and_o the_o number_n of_o martyr_n determine_v by_o god_n shall_v be_v complete_v 23_o hereby_o be_v signify_v the_o martyrdom_n which_o be_v to_o follow_v under_o licinius_n julian_n the_o arrian_n and_o the_o apostasy_n until_o god_n signal_n and_o last_o vengeance_n upon_o the_o antichristian_a tyranny_n under_o the_o vial_n 12_o and_o i_o behold_v when_o he_o have_v open_v the_o six_o seal_n and_o lo_o there_o be_v a_o great_a earthquake_n 24_o i._n e._n a_o great_a commotion_n and_o a_o strange_a change_n of_o affair_n hag._n 2.6_o 7._o heb._n 12.26_o and_o the_o sun_n 25_o i._n e._n the_o chief_a god_n of_o the_o pagan_n and_o the_o heathen_a emperor_n the_o chief_a magistrate_n become_v black_a 26_o as_o sackcloth_n of_o hair_n isa_n 50.3_o and_o the_o moon_n i._n e._n the_o next_o in_o dignity_n become_v as_o 27_o bloâ—d_a i._n e._n be_v eclypse_v and_o lose_v their_o former_a glory_n 24_o it_o will_v not_o be_v altogether_o unseasonable_a to_o remark_n in_o this_o place_n what_o 4.11_o what_o histor_n 4.11_o socrates_n the_o ecclesiastical_a historian_n note_n from_o frequent_a observation_n that_o earthquake_n be_v the_o sign_n and_o forerunner_n of_o change_n and_o commotion_n in_o the_o church_n 25_o here_o by_o metaphor_n take_v from_o the_o prophetical_a description_n of_o the_o day_n of_o judgement_n and_o the_o last_o conflagration_n of_o the_o world_n to_o which_o several_a of_o they_o seem_v plain_o to_o refer_v as_o dr._n burnet_n have_v observe_v in_o his_o ingenious_a theory_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o when_o the_o thing_n describe_v here_o by_o several_a prophetical_a accumulation_n shall_v be_v full_o verify_v god_n judgement_n under_o constantine_n and_o his_o successor_n upon_o the_o heathen_a religion_n and_o empire_n be_v set_v out_o unto_o we_o although_o the_o political_a world_n be_v describe_v in_o scripture_n by_o metaphor_n take_v from_o the_o natural_a as_o appear_v from_o isa_n 51.16_o dan._n 8.10_o the_o heaven_n here_o may_v denote_v what_o be_v superior_a in_o it_o and_o the_o earth_n what_o be_v inferior_a and_o the_o sun_n may_v be_v take_v for_o the_o supreme_a in_o the_o state_n the_o moon_n for_o the_o next_o and_o the_o star_n for_o those_o which_o be_v next_o in_o order_n unto_o they_o according_a to_o the_o ancient_a symbolical_a and_o hieroglyphical_a learning_n of_o the_o eastern_a nation_n of_o which_o we_o have_v a_o example_n gen._n 37.9_o 10._o where_o joseph_n dream_n concern_v the_o sun_n moon_n and_o star_n be_v interpret_v by_o jacob_n of_o himself_o as_o father_n and_z chief_z of_o the_o family_n of_o his_o wife_n as_o next_o and_o of_o his_o child_n as_o subject_v unto_o they_o and_o sun_n moon_n and_o star_n hill_n and_o mountain_n be_v the_o object_n and_o place_n of_o idolatry_n hereby_o may_v be_v also_o signify_v the_o final_a overthrow_n of_o pagan_a idolatry_n as_o well_o as_o of_o the_o pagan_a civil_a power_n 26_o a_o metaphor_n take_v from_o a_o eclipse_n in_o which_o the_o sun_n appear_v black_a and_o the_o moon_n of_o a_o dark_a red_a like_o black_a blood_n 13_o and_o the_o star_n of_o heaven_n i._n e._n the_o inferior_a deity_n and_o magistrate_n fall_v unto_o the_o earth_n i._n e._n be_v cast_v out_o and_o displace_v by_o the_o mighty_a power_n of_o god_n even_o as_o a_o figtree_n cast_v her_o untimely_a fig_n nahum_n 3.12_o when_o she_o be_v shake_v of_o a_o mighty_a wind_n e.e._n as_o easy_o and_o in_o as_o great_a abundance_n isa_n 34.4_o 14_o and_o the_o heaven_n i._n e._n the_o whole_a superior_a state_n of_o the_o heathen_a world_n civil_a and_o religious_a depart_a 27_o out_o of_o sight_n as_o a_o scroll_n that_o be_v roll_v together_o so_o that_o they_o can_v not_o be_v see_v i._o e._n they_o have_v no_o authority_n nor_o esteem_v and_o every_o mountain_n i._n e._n all_o the_o place_n of_o idolatry_n and_o of_o great_a strength_n and_o security_n isa_n 2_o 14-18_a jerem._n 51.25_o zech._n 4.7_o and_o island_n 28_o i._n e._n all_o their_o province_n and_o place_n beyond_o the_o sea_n be_v move_v out_o of_o their_o place_n i._n e._n the_o government_n and_o religion_n of_o they_o be_v change_v and_o overturn_v 27_o a_o metaphor_n from_o the_o ancient_a manner_n of_o write_v upon_o one_o long_a scroll_n which_o be_v roll_v up_o according_a to_o their_o custom_n what_o be_v write_v in_o it_o can_v not_o be_v see_v 28_o the_o jew_n call_v all_o maritime_a place_n island_n and_o all_o place_n beyond_o the_o mediterranean_a consult_v the_o interpreter_n on_o gen._n 10.5_o and_o mr._n 49._o mr._n book_n 1._o disc_n 49._o mede_n and_o hereby_o be_v mean_v that_o no_o place_n escape_v although_o never_o so_o strong_a or_o remote_a 15_o and_o the_o king_n 29_o of_o the_o earth_n i._n e._n the_o supreme_a power_n subject_a to_o the_o roman_a empire_n isa_n 10.8_o act_n 4.26_o and_o the_o great_a man_n or_o noble_n dan._n 4.36_o mark_v 6.21_o and_o the_o rich_a man_n and_o the_o chief_a captain_n and_o the_o mighty_a man_n or_o soldier_n judg._n 5.22_o and_o every_o bond_n man_n and_o every_o free_a man_n i._n e._n all_o of_o every_o rank_n and_o quality_n hide_v themselves_o for_o fear_n isa_n 2.19_o in_o the_o den_n and_o rock_n of_o the_o mountain_n i._n e._n the_o most_o secret_a and_o most_o inaccessible_a place_n judg._n 6.2_o 29_o here_o by_o a_o enumeration_n of_o the_o several_a rank_n and_o degree_n of_o man_n according_a to_o the_o scripture-phrase_n all_o the_o member_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v reckon_v up_o from_o a_o due_a consideration_n of_o these_o six_o seal_n it_o will_v be_v manifest_a that_o they_o be_v synchronous_n with_o the_o two_o first_o church_n end_v in_o that_o of_o smyrna_n when_o that_o period_n receive_v a_o crown_n of_o life_n under_o constantine_n and_o his_o
lawful_a for_o the_o gentile_n to_o pray_v there_o and_o therefore_o it_o can_v not_o proper_o be_v say_v to_o be_v give_v unto_o they_o now_o or_o to_o be_v pollute_v by_o they_o as_o have_v be_v always_o account_v unclean_a whereas_o they_o be_v never_o admit_v into_o the_o other_o court_n and_o by_o the_o court_n without_o the_o temple_n be_v very_o apposite_o understand_v the_o visible_a christian_a worship_n because_o the_o visible_a worship_n of_o god_n be_v perform_v in_o that_o place_n under_o the_o law_n whereas_o all_o the_o temple-worship_n be_v hide_v from_o the_o people_n see_v the_o book_n before_o quote_v and_o mr._n 40.33_o mr._n pag._n 19_o 20_o 478_o 479_o 480._o and_o ainsworth_n on_o exod._n 40.33_o mede_n work_n 8_o grotius_n on_o the_o place_n note_n that_o this_o be_v call_v extracludere_fw-la by_o the_o ancient_a writer_n concern_v the_o limit_n and_o measure_n of_o ground_n but_o the_o word_n also_o denote_v in_o loca_fw-la in_o john_n 9.34_o act_n 7_o 58_o 13_o 50._o grotius_n in_o loca_fw-la scripture_n a_o ignominious_a cast_v out_o or_o a_o excommunication_n it_o may_v also_o here_o signify_v the_o leave_v or_o cast_v it_o out_o of_o the_o sacred_a enclosure_n or_o limit_n as_o unsacred_a and_o pollute_a as_o mr._n 587._o mr._n pag._n 587._o mede_n speak_v 9_o so_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d which_o be_v of_o the_o past_a sense_n and_o not_o of_o the_o present_a may_v be_v translate_v whereby_o be_v signify_v that_o it_o have_v be_v give_v up_o or_o deliver_v by_o god_n before_o the_o time_n in_o which_o it_o be_v measure_v although_o it_o must_v be_v confess_v that_o the_o past_a tense_n be_v often_o use_v for_o the_o present_a in_o scripture_n 10_o by_o 21.28_o by_o hammond_n on_o matth._n 23.15_o grot._n on_o john_n 12.20_o act_n 21.28_o gentile_n or_o nation_n the_o jew_n understand_v all_o but_o themselves_o and_o proselyte_n of_o justice_n who_o be_v circumcise_v and_o account_v as_o jew_n which_o be_v the_o proselyte_n of_o the_o gate_n as_o they_o call_v they_o who_o have_v renounce_v idolatry_n but_o have_v not_o embrace_v the_o whole_a jewish_a religion_n and_o be_v permit_v to_o come_v no_o further_o than_o into_o the_o outer_a court_n call_v the_o court_n of_o the_o gentile_n and_o be_v think_v to_o profane_v and_o pollute_v the_o temple_n if_o they_o do_v as_o appear_v from_o act_n 21_o 28_o 29.24_o 6._o but_o by_o gentile_n be_v most_o common_o mean_v in_o scripture_n the_o heathen_a nation_n round_o about_o they_o who_o whilst_o they_o continue_v in_o open_a idolatry_n be_v not_o to_o live_v among_o they_o especial_o those_o who_o persecute_v they_o and_o lay_v their_o country_n city_n and_o temple_n waste_v such_o as_o nabuchadnezzar_n and_o antiochus_n who_o desolation_n be_v bewail_v and_o describe_v in_o 6_o in_o psalm_n 74._o and_o 79._o dan._n 8.1_o maccab._n from_o chap._n 1._o to_o ver._n 16_o of_o the_o 6_o scripture_n and_o such_o be_v also_o the_o four_o successive_a monarchy_n of_o the_o assyrian_n persian_n grecian_n and_o roman_n who_o time_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o appoint_v season_n the_o word_n make_v use_v of_o by_o daniel_n and_o jeremiah_n chap._n 27.7_o be_v call_v by_o our_o saviour_n 753._o saviour_n see_v grotius_n on_o the_o place_n and_o mr._n mede_n work_n pag._n 709_o 753._o luke_n 21.24_o the_o time_n of_o the_o gentile_n at_o the_o end_n of_o which_o fort_n of_o time_n in_o the_o expiration_n of_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n continue_v in_o the_o antichristian_a the_o jew_n be_v to_o be_v restore_v as_o our_o saviour_n there_o plain_o assert_n and_o the_o holy_a city_n be_v no_o more_o to_o be_v tread_v under_o foot_n by_o the_o gentile_n now_o the_o like_a expression_n and_o some_o of_o the_o word_n here_o make_v use_n of_o be_v plain_o take_v from_o the_o 21.24_o the_o psalm_n 79.1_o dan._n 8.10_o 1_o maccab._n 1.37_o 38_o 39.3_o 45_o 51.4_o 60._o luke_n 21.24_o scripture_n quote_v in_o the_o margin_n it_o be_v manifest_a that_o they_o have_v a_o allusion_n to_o they_o especial_o to_o the_o story_n of_o antiochus_n a_o lively_a type_n of_o antichrist_n who_o be_v therefore_o prophesy_v of_o in_o he_o as_o a_o type_n by_o daniel_n and_o of_o the_o gentile_a time_n and_o action_n here_o foretell_v and_o therefore_o the_o like_a action_n commit_v by_o some_o christian_n must_v be_v here_o refer_v to_o call_v gentile_n for_o bring_v the_o time_n the_o mr._n mede_n apostasy_n of_o the_o latter_a time_n gentile_a worship_n into_o the_o church_n together_o with_o tyranny_n and_o crafty_a bait_n to_o entice_v to_o idolatry_n according_a to_o the_o example_n of_o antiochus_n the_o type_n of_o antichrist_n and_o the_o paganize_a jew_n who_o do_v after_o the_o ordinance_n of_o the_o heathen_n and_o build_v a_o place_n of_o exercise_n at_o jerusalem_n according_a to_o their_o custom_n and_o thereby_o give_v a_o great_a occasion_n to_o the_o tyrant_n to_o take_v jerusalem_n and_o to_o enter_v proud_o into_o the_o sanctuary_n and_o pollute_v it_o and_o lay_v it_o waste_v like_o a_o wilderness_n and_o to_o make_v the_o city_n a_o habitation_n of_o stranger_n or_o gentile_n and_o to_o become_v strange_a to_o those_o that_o be_v bear_v in_o it_o as_o you_o may_v read_v in_o the_o place_n of_o the_o book_n of_o maccabe_n before_o quote_v all_o which_o agree_v plain_o to_o the_o apostasy_n which_o have_v introduce_v a_o pagan_a christianity_n into_o the_o church_n 11_o jerusalem_n be_v call_v so_o which_o be_v the_o type_n of_o the_o whole_a christian_a church_n whereby_o be_v signify_v a_o universal_a apostasy_n in_o the_o visible_a church_n the_o latent_fw-la or_o invisible_a one_o have_v be_v before_o measure_v and_o secure_v by_o god_n 12_o a_o day_n be_v put_v for_o a_o year_n in_o this_o book_n as_o have_v be_v before_o show_v on_o chap._n 2.10_o and_o then_o by_o consequence_n a_o month_n must_v be_v put_v for_o a_o month_n of_o prophetical_a day_n consist_v of_o as_o many_o common_a year_n as_o a_o common_a month_n do_v of_o day_n but_o for_o the_o better_a understanding_n of_o the_o nature_n of_o these_o prophetical_a time_n and_o season_n it_o will_v be_v very_o convenient_a to_o deduce_v this_o matter_n from_o the_o very_a beginning_n and_o original_a of_o it_o and_o according_o it_o be_v to_o be_v observe_v that_o out_o of_o the_o whole_a space_n of_o time_n assign_v by_o god_n to_o the_o transaction_n of_o this_o world_n which_o be_v think_v to_o be_v about_o seven_o thousand_o year_n there_o be_v a_o certain_a part_n allot_v by_o he_o for_o the_o time_n of_o the_o apostasy_n and_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n call_v by_o daniel_n time_n time_n and_o half_a a_o time_n chap._n 7_o 25.12_o 7._o of_o which_o it_o have_v be_v discourse_v already_o on_o chap._n 10.6_o which_o be_v reduce_v into_o 1260._o day_n and_o forty_o two_o month_n in_o the_o revelation_n into_o day_n with_o respect_n to_o the_o witness_n and_o the_o seed_n of_o the_o woman_n in_o the_o wilderness_n who_o be_v the_o child_n of_o the_o 12.1_o the_o mede_n pag._n 481_o 492._o mori_n oper._n theol._n pag._n 614_o 616._o gen._n 1._o luke_n 16.8_o act_n 26.18_o 2_o cor._n 6.14_o eph._n 5.8_o 1_o thes_n 5.5_o 8._o 2_o pet._n 1.19_o rev._n 22_o 16._o see_v the_o note_n on_o rev._n 12.1_o day_n and_o into_o night_n with_o respect_n to_o the_o gentile_n and_o the_o beast_n who_o antichristian_a deed_n be_v work_n of_o darkness_n and_o they_o the_o child_n of_o the_o night_n of_o which_o the_o moon_n have_v the_o government_n and_o as_o the_o natural_a day_n be_v divide_v in_o scripture_n into_o evening_n and_o morning_n so_o be_v this_o line_n of_o time_n in_o proportion_n to_o that_o distinction_n divide_v into_o day_n which_o answer_n to_o the_o morning_n of_o the_o natural_a day_n and_o into_o month_n which_o answer_n to_o the_o evening_n or_o night_n of_o it_o the_o day_n and_o month_n make_v up_o one_o and_o the_o same_o line_n of_o time_n as_o the_o evening_n and_o morning_n make_v up_o one_o natural_a day_n whence_o the_o time_n allot_v in_o daniel_n chap._n 8.13_o 14._o for_o the_o course_n of_o affair_n from_o cyrus_n to_o the_o cleanse_n of_o the_o sanctuary_n be_v call_v evening-morning_n out_o of_o which_o for_o it_o principal_o respect_v the_o apostasy_n which_o defile_v the_o sanctuary_n this_o line_n be_v take_v the_o month_n out_o of_o its_o evening_n and_o the_o day_n out_o of_o its_o morning_n which_o way_n of_o speech_n be_v take_v from_o gen._n 1.5_o 16._o where_o the_o light_n be_v call_v day_n and_o the_o darkness_n night_n and_o the_o moon_n be_v say_v to_o rule_v the_o one_o and_o the_o sun_n the_o other_o and_o the_o natural_a day_n be_v call_v evening-morning_n the_o evening_n be_v put_v before_o the_o morning_n because_o the_o darkness_n oâ—_n night_n of_o
supremacy_n see_v on_o chap._n 9_o 1_o 2._o and_o chap._n 13._o and_o at_o last_v shall_v go_v into_o 24_o perdition_n i._n e._n be_v utter_o destroy_v rev._n 19.20_o numb_a 24.24_o 2_o thes_n 2.8_o and_o they_o that_o dwell_v on_o the_o antichristian_a earth_n throughout_o all_o its_o territory_n shall_v wonder_v after_o the_o beast_n i._n e._n be_v wonderful_o take_v with_o he_o follow_v he_o with_o a_o implicit_a faith_n and_o worship_n and_o be_v subject_a unto_o he_o see_v on_o chap._n 13._o 3_o 4._o and_o by_o his_o admiter_n i_o mean_v those_o who_o name_n be_v not_o write_v in_o the_o book_n if_o life_n of_o the_o lamb_n chap._n 13._o 8._o slay_v from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o world_n i._n e._n those_o who_o be_v not_o live_v member_n of_o christ_n true_a church_n choose_v from_o all_o eternity_n and_o purchase_v by_o the_o blood_n of_o christ_n the_o eternal_a sacrifice_n but_o of_o a_o new_a apostate_n church_n which_o yet_o pretend_v to_o be_v the_o catholic_n and_o have_v introduce_v new_a mediator_n and_o new_a sacrifice_n all_o these_o shall_v with_o wonder_n and_o adoration_n admire_v when_o they_o behold_v with_o great_a applause_n and_o with_o a_o superstitious_a fear_n and_o subjection_n the_o beast_n that_o be_v a_o draconick_a idolatrous_a power_n in_o its_o six_o head_n the_o emperor_n and_o be_v not_o as_o yet_o manifest_o and_o apparent_o the_o same_o imperial_a draconick_a power_n and_o yet_o be_v the_o same_n but_o in_o a_o image_n or_o a_o christian_a disguise_n have_v introduce_v a_o pagano-christian_a idolatry_n and_o a_o mock_v imperial_a power_n under_o the_o pretence_n of_o a_o christian_a supremacy_n see_v on_o chap._n 13._o 14_o 15._o 23_o 23_o 23_o this_o be_v as_o it_o be_v the_o name_n proph._n name_n dr._n moor_n on_o the_o place_n and_o his_o synop_n proph._n and_o character_n of_o the_o beast_n take_v from_o his_o different_a state_n and_o condition_n whereby_o be_v signify_v that_o the_o beast_n which_o he_o then_o see_v carry_v or_o support_v the_o woman_n or_o city_n of_o rome_n be_v the_o roman_a empire_n which_o have_v be_v under_o a_o imperatorial_n power_n but_o be_v now_o under_o one_o which_o have_v be_v for_o some_o time_n advance_v towards_o it_o and_o be_v just_o ready_a to_o ascend_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d to_o it_o be_v just_o come_v forth_o out_o of_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n which_o he_o go_v down_o to_o open_v chap._n 9_o 12._o and_o have_v exalt_v the_o imperial_a city_n to_o the_o height_n of_o ecclesiastical_a dignity_n by_o which_o be_v plain_o signify_v the_o time_n when_o the_o papacy_n attain_v its_o supremacy_n from_o phocas_n and_o exalt_v the_o church_n of_o rome_n above_o all_o church_n after_o it_o have_v be_v for_o some_o time_n in_o a_o weak_a and_o infant_n state_n according_a to_o what_o have_v be_v already_o discourse_v on_o chap._n 9_o 1_o 2._o and_o chap._n 13._o 24_o antichrist_n be_v call_v the_o son_n of_o perdition_n 2_o thes_n 2.3_o as_o judas_n the_o type_n of_o he_o also_o be_v john_n 17.12_o because_o he_o bring_v perdition_n or_o destruction_n upon_o other_o and_o be_v himself_o as_o high_o deserve_v it_o devote_v by_o god_n to_o perdition_n and_o that_o a_o most_o exemplary_a and_o severe_a one_o numb_a 24.24_o 9_o and_o here_o be_v matter_n to_o exercise_v the_o mind_n which_o have_v mystical_a and_o spiritual_a wisdom_n chap._n 13._o 18._o the_o seven_o head_n be_v the_o symbol_n and_o representation_n of_o seven_o 25_o mountain_n on_o which_o the_o woman_n i._n e._n the_o city_n and_o church_n of_o rome_n sit_v or_o be_v situate_v 25_o this_o be_v a_o most_o evident_a description_n of_o rome_n no_o other_o imperial_a city_n be_v seat_v at_o the_o time_n when_o john_n see_v this_o vision_n for_o it_o be_v describe_v as_o then_o actual_o reign_v at_o the_o 18_o verse_n upon_o seven_o mountain_n for_o 9_o for_o du_n fresne_n constantinop_n christian_n 1.8_o 9_o constantinople_n which_o indeed_o stand_v upon_o as_o many_o hill_n be_v not_o then_o build_v and_o the_o ancient_n byzantium_n be_v not_o so_o situate_v but_o be_v afterward_o enlarge_v to_o that_o compass_n by_o constantine_n in_o imitation_n of_o old_a rome_n and_o the_o seven_o head_n have_v a_o double_a signification_n as_o other_o 9.11_o other_o grot._n in_o heb._n 9.11_o type_n have_v not_o unfrequent_o in_o scripture_n for_o they_o have_v not_o only_o a_o reference_n to_o the_o seven_o king_n the_o movable_a and_o successive_a head_n of_o the_o beast_n but_o also_o to_o the_o seven_o immovable_a head_n or_o mountain_n on_o which_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n be_v situate_v which_o be_v call_v head_n because_o they_o support_v the_o city_n which_o stand_v upon_o they_o as_o the_o seven_o head_n which_o be_v king_n do_v the_o civil_a state_n of_o it_o which_o be_v keep_v up_o by_o the_o majesty_n government_n and_o residence_n of_o they_o 10_o and_o also_o there_o or_o they_o *_o to_o wit_n the_o head_n be_v or_o signify_v seven_o 26_o king_n or_o form_n of_o supreme_a idolatrous_a government_n five_o be_v fall_v already_o from_o the_o sovereignty_n which_o they_o have_v exercise_v in_o their_o proper_a succession_n and_o one_o 27_o viz._n the_o government_n by_o pagan_a emperor_n be_v 28_o now_o in_o be_v and_o the_o other_o 29_o king_n but_o not_o head_n or_o idolatrous_a government_n viz._n the_o christian_a emperor_n be_v not_o yet_o come_v into_o succession_n and_o when_o he_o come_v he_o must_v or_o aught_o to_o continue_v a_o 30_o short_a space_n in_o comparison_n of_o the_o five_o first_o the_o government_n now_o in_o be_v and_o that_o which_o be_v to_o succeed_v it_o *_o so_o the_o word_n in_o the_o original_a aught_o to_o be_v translate_v 26_o head_n by_o a_o very_a apt_a similitude_n signify_v supreme_a power_n as_o be_v the_o govern_v part_n of_o the_o body_n signify_v by_o the_o beast_n and_o according_o seven_o head_n signify_v here_o seven_o king_n i._n e._n supreme_a governor_n or_o government_n as_o the_o word_n be_v take_v in_o scripture_n deut._n 33.5_o dan._n 7.17_o 23._o and_o hereby_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v undoubted_o signify_v which_o have_v seven_o successive_a kind_n of_o supreme_a government_n viz._n king_n consul_n decemvir_n dictator_n tribune_n emperor_n pope_n as_o 3._o as_o cressener_n demonstrat_n of_o the_o apocal._n lib._n 3._o protestant_n general_o reckon_v they_o up_o with_o great_a reason_n from_o history_n for_o the_o triumvirate_n be_v rather_o a_o confusion_n than_o a_o government_n and_o last_v not_o long_o and_o be_v reject_v by_o 21._o by_o lab._n 21._o fenestella_n as_o no_o magistracy_n 27_o 27_o the_o five_o first_o of_o these_o government_n be_v already_o past_a and_o abrogate_a at_o the_o time_n of_o this_o vision_n and_o be_v here_o only_o just_o mention_v and_o that_o altogether_o without_o any_o distinct_a account_n of_o they_o their_o time_n name_n difference_n or_o the_o order_n of_o their_o succession_n among_o themselves_o because_o they_o be_v of_o no_o further_a use_n to_o this_o propheey_n then_o to_o show_v that_o the_o one_o head_n then_o in_o be_v be_v the_o six_o of_o the_o seven_o after_o five_o already_o past_a but_o although_o the_o distinct_a order_n of_o the_o succession_n of_o the_o five_o government_n which_o be_v pass_v be_v not_o here_o particular_o specify_v whereby_o many_o doubt_n which_o may_v have_v be_v raise_v concern_v they_o be_v obviate_v yet_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o the_o whole_a seven_o government_n be_v successive_a and_o not_o all_o together_o in_o be_v at_o one_o and_o the_o same_o time_n because_o the_o six_o king_n be_v represent_v as_o follow_v five_o already_o past_a and_o as_o one_o then_o in_o be_v to_z which_z another_z not_o yet_o come_v be_v to_o succeed_v which_o be_v plain_a character_n of_o a_o orderly_a succession_n 28_o for_o john_n see_v this_o vision_n under_o domitian_n a_o pagan_a emperor_n and_o from_o hence_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o the_o ancient_a pagan_a rome_n be_v not_o the_o beast_n because_o the_o beast_n be_v the_o eight_o king_n verse_n 11._o but_o the_o pagan_a emperor_n be_v the_o six_o to_o wit_n the_o king_n then_o in_o be_v the_o one_o that_o now_o be_v 29_o the_o one_o king_n or_o government_n in_o actual_a be_v when_o this_o vision_n be_v see_v be_v certain_o that_o of_o the_o pagan_a emperor_n and_o therefore_o the_o other_o here_o mention_v must_v be_v the_o christian_a emperor_n because_o they_o be_v the_o only_a king_n or_o government_n of_o rome_n which_o immediate_o succeed_v the_o pagan_a emperor_n and_o they_o be_v most_o apposite_o call_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d not_o only_o to_o signify_v that_o they_o be_v the_o government_n next_o in_o succession_n to_o the_o former_a or_o distinct_a in_o number_n from_o it_o but_o that_o they_o be_v as_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d
of_o judgement_n be_v one_o of_o the_o lord_n day_n call_v frequent_o the_o day_n of_o the_o lord_n in_o scripture_n must_v consist_v of_o a_o thousand_o literal_a year_n and_o a_o thousand_o year_n when_o speak_v of_o with_o relation_n to_o some_o mystical_a day_n or_o time_n of_o the_o lord_n must_v be_v account_v as_o one_o mystical_a day_n comprehend_v a_o thousand_o year_n of_o common_a account_n and_o also_o he_o further_o intimate_v that_o the_o day_n of_o the_o lord_n in_o which_o he_o perfect_v the_o work_n of_o the_o creation_n and_o rest_v from_o it_o being_n seven_n there_o must_v consequent_o pass_v before_o the_o day_n of_o judgement_n six_o thousand_o year_n or_o six_o mystical_a day_n and_o that_o the_o day_n of_o judgement_n must_v according_o last_v a_o thousand_o year_n which_o shall_v be_v a_o day_n of_o sabbatism_n or_o a_o thousand_o year_n of_o rest_n or_o peace_n and_o of_o sanctification_n or_o righteousness_n in_o correspondence_n to_o god_n rest_v on_o the_o seven_o day_n and_o blessing_n and_o sanctify_v it_o and_o this_o interpretation_n of_o the_o place_n be_v not_o only_o agreeable_a to_o the_o tradition_n 6._o tradition_n mede_n be_v work_n pag._n 609._o grot._n in_o loc_fw-la ainsw_n on_o gen._n 1.31_o burnet_n theory_n b._n 3_o 5.4_o 3_o 6._o of_o the_o jew_n to_o who_o the_o apostle_n write_v and_o to_o the_o sentiment_n of_o the_o primitive_a christian_n but_o also_o may_v be_v stong_o enforce_v from_o the_o circumstance_n of_o the_o text_n itself_o for_o if_o this_o be_v not_o the_o sense_n of_o the_o word_n and_o it_o contain_v only_o this_o plain_a natural_a truth_n that_o time_n be_v nothing_o to_o eternity_n why_o shall_v so_o solemn_a a_o admonition_n be_v prefix_v to_o it_o which_o be_v also_o a_o sense_n nothing_o proper_a to_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o apostle_n who_o be_v to_o answer_v the_o objection_n of_o the_o scoffer_n and_o to_o comfort_v the_o christian_n under_o the_o delay_n and_o long_o suffer_v of_o god_n and_o to_o excite_v they_o to_o look_v for_o it_o and_o hasten_v unto_o it_o to_o which_o end_n it_o be_v no_o way_n proper_a to_o tell_v they_o that_o each_o natural_a day_n of_o the_o year_n be_v with_o the_o lord_n as_o a_o thousand_o year_n which_o will_v but_o have_v increase_v their_o impatient_a expectation_n and_o will_v withal_o not_o have_v answer_v the_o objection_n of_o the_o scoffer_n because_o there_o may_v be_v for_o all_o the_o apostle_n have_v assert_v many_o thousand_o year_n before_o the_o promise_n of_o his_o come_n shall_v be_v fulfil_v whereas_o the_o other_o interpretation_n afford_v hope_n to_o the_o christian_n that_o thing_n shall_v not_o always_o continue_v as_o they_o be_v but_o that_o this_o wicked_a world_n shall_v be_v at_o last_o destroy_v and_o a_o new_a one_o succeed_v it_o wherein_o they_o shall_v be_v find_v of_o christ_n at_o his_o come_n in_o peace_n that_o be_v in_o a_o state_n of_o rest_n and_o peace_n to_o their_o good_a and_o prosperity_n according_a to_o what_o the_o apostle_n paul_n have_v write_v unto_o they_o in_o his_o epistle_n to_o the_o chapter_n the_o especial_o in_o the_o 3d_o and_o four_o chapter_n hebrew_n where_o beside_o the_o rest_n from_o the_o work_v of_o the_o creation_n and_o that_o promise_v to_o the_o israelite_n in_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n he_o make_v mention_n of_o another_o rest_n which_o he_o call_v a_o certain_a limit_a day_n wherein_o another_o kind_n of_o rest_n be_v to_o be_v expect_v plain_o intimate_v the_o day_n of_o rest_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o messiah_n or_o a_o sabbatism_n as_o the_o word_n ought_v to_o be_v translate_v verse_n 9_o that_o be_v a_o seven_o thousand_o year_n of_o peace_n and_o righteousness_n after_o six_o thousand_o of_o labour_n misery_n and_o sin_n for_o according_a to_o the_o key_n of_o mystical_a knowledge_n give_v by_o the_o apostle_n peter_n and_o john_n after_o a_o 3.3_o a_o bp._n fall_v his_o sermon_n on_o 2_o pet._n 3.3_o millenary_a week_n the_o everlasting_a sabbath_n shall_v commence_v and_o further_o this_o number_n be_v to_o be_v take_v literal_o because_o by_o it_o be_v signify_v a_o state_n of_o perfection_n a_o year_n be_v the_o perfect_a revolution_n of_o the_o sun_n and_o a_o thousand_o be_v a_o perfect_a number_n and_o the_o perfection_n both_o of_o time_n and_o number_n concur_v in_o a_o thousand_o year_n for_o a_o thousand_o year_n be_v a_o cube_n 561._o cube_n for_o it_o arise_v out_o of_o the_o multiplication_n of_o three_o ten_o two_o ten_o multiply_v make_v 100_o year_n and_o 100_o year_n multiply_v by_o the_o three_o ten_o amount_v to_o 1000_o year_n which_o be_v a_o cube_n of_o time_n see_v meursii_n denar_n pythagor_n and_o dr._n moor_n cabbala_n oper._n philosoph_n tom._n 2._o pag._n 500_o 501_o 530_o 532_o 557_o 558_o 559_o 561._o of_o time_n who_o root_n be_v ten_o whereby_o be_v signify_v a_o steady_a uninterrupted_a and_o permanent_a state_n of_o which_o a_o cube_n be_v the_o symbol_n and_o withal_o a_o perfect_a one_o to_o which_o no_o other_o state_n be_v to_o succeed_v but_o be_v to_o be_v swallow_v up_o in_o the_o perfection_n of_o eternity_n as_o the_o number_n ten_o be_v a_o perfect_a number_n beyond_o which_o there_o be_v no_o simple_a number_n and_o comprehend_v all_o simple_a number_n in_o it_o whence_o it_o be_v that_o man_n be_v a_o sinful_a and_o imperfect_a creature_n can_v never_o arrive_v to_o the_o term_n of_o a_o thousand_o year_n as_o jachiade_n a_o jew_n have_v observe_v on_o dan._n 7.25_o the_o period_n of_o a_o perfect_a state_n upon_o earth_n which_o the_o first_o adam_n can_v not_o reach_v for_o if_o he_o have_v he_o have_v be_v probable_o translate_v into_o a_o immortal_a state_n nor_o any_o of_o the_o son_n of_o adam_n during_o the_o old_a world_n but_o be_v proper_a only_a to_o the_o son_n of_o the_o resurrection_n in_o the_o new_a world_n of_o the_o second_o adam_n or_o the_o messiah_n 5_o but_o the_o 17_o rest_v or_o remnant_n of_o the_o dead_a i._n e._n those_o who_o weâ—e_v slay_v by_o the_o sword_n of_o christ_n mouth_n chap._n 19.21_o live_v 18_o not_o again_o 19_o until_o the_o thousand_o year_n be_v finish_v this_o live_v again_o of_o the_o saint_n and_o martyr_n 20_o be_v the_o first_o resurrection_n of_o life_n john_n 5.29_o 1_o thes_n 4.15_o 16._o 17_o it_o be_v plain_a from_o what_o have_v be_v observe_v in_o the_o forego_n annotation_n that_o the_o day_n of_o 12-27_a of_o see_v mr._n mede_n pag._n 531-537_a 571-573_a 577-580_a 602-619_a ep._n 15.2_o and_o book_n 5._o and_o dr._n beverley_n of_o the_o universal_a christian_a doctrine_n of_o the_o day_n of_o judgement_n matth._n 25.31_o 34._o luke_n 19_o 12-27_a judgement_n mention_v in_o the_o doctrinal_a part_n of_o scripture_n be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o thousand_o year_n kingdom_n of_o christ_n day_n hominis_fw-la day_n john_n 16.26_o heb._n 3.8_o 9_o see_v mr._n mede_n in_o the_o place_n quote_v and_o pag._n 86._o and_o mr._n mather_n de_fw-fr signo_fw-la filii_fw-la hominis_fw-la often_o signify_v in_o scripture_n a_o long_a space_n of_o time_n and_o not_o only_o a_o single_a day_n and_o therefore_o see_v that_o the_o wicked_a be_v to_o be_v judge_v as_o well_o as_o the_o good_a they_o must_v be_v here_o mean_v by_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o dead_a who_o be_v evident_o the_o same_o with_o the_o wicked_a people_n slay_v with_o the_o sword_n of_o christ_n mouth_n chap._n 19.21_o the_o same_o expression_n be_v use_v in_o both_o place_n 18_o the_o wicked_a indeed_o live_v again_o when_o they_o be_v raise_v to_o judgement_n but_o because_o they_o rise_v only_o to_o shame_n and_o everlasting_a contempt_n as_o the_o prophet_n daniel_n speak_v chap._n 12.2_o and_o lie_v as_o dead_a or_o slay_v under_o the_o condemn_a power_n of_o christ_n gospel_n the_o sword_n proceed_v out_o of_o his_o mouth_n and_o shall_v never_o live_v a_o life_n of_o happiness_n therefore_o be_v they_o represent_v here_o as_o dead_a 12._o dead_a see_v matth._n 8.22_o luke_n 15.32_o 1_o tim._n 5.6_o 2_o peter_n 3.7_o judas_n 12._o man_n which_o live_v not_o again_o and_o according_o they_o be_v seldom_o mention_v in_o the_o general_a discourse_n in_o the_o 4._o the_o neither_o in_o the_o 15_o of_o the_o corinthian_n nor_o 1_o thessaly_n 4._o new_a testament_n about_o the_o resurrection_n 19_o they_o be_v represent_v during_o the_o thousand_o year_n as_o in_o a_o dead_a spiritless_a and_o unactive_a state_n lie_v under_o the_o judiciary_n sentence_n of_o condemnation_n and_o the_o perdition_n which_o the_o day_n of_o judgement_n shall_v bring_v upon_o ungodly_a man_n 2_o pet._n 3.7_o upon_o the_o expire_a of_o which_o they_o become_v active_a gather_v to_o battle_n and_o compass_v the_o camp_n of_o the_o saint_n verse_n 8_o 9_o 20_o this_o refer_v to_o the_o resurrection_n and_o live_v again_o
eph._n 1._o whereas_o the_o book_n of_o reprobation_n be_v many_o because_o that_o depend_v upon_o the_o many_o evil_a action_n of_o man_n which_o justice_z particular_o weigh_v and_o consider_v and_o upon_o the_o multitude_n and_o diversity_n of_o sinner_n which_o be_v to_o be_v convict_v and_o condemn_v according_a to_o the_o sin_n each_o of_o they_o have_v particular_o commit_v so_o that_o there_o be_v to_o be_v aâ—_n it_o be_v a_o particular_a book_n of_o conscience_n for_o each_o of_o they_o and_o it_o be_v another_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d book_n or_o a_o book_n of_o another_o sort_n or_o kind_n to_o show_v that_o the_o elect_n shall_v be_v justify_v and_o save_v by_o free_a grace_n and_o not_o for_o their_o work_v nor_o even_o according_a to_o their_o own_o work_v but_o those_o which_o christ_n have_v wrought_v in_o they_o 13_o and_o or_o for_o the_o sea_n 45_o give_v up_o or_o have_v before_o give_v up_o to_o death_n 46_o and_o hell_n the_o dead_a which_o be_v in_o it_o viz._n at_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o day_n of_o judgement_n when_o the_o dead_a wicked_a be_v raise_v to_o condemnation_n and_o death_n and_o hell_n i._n e._n the_o common_a receptacle_n of_o the_o wicked_a where_o they_o be_v under_o confinement_n and_o punishment_n during_o the_o thousand_o year_n deliver_v up_o now_o at_o this_o last_o act_n of_o judicature_n the_o dead_a which_o be_v in_o they_o i._n e._n all_o the_o wicked_a which_o have_v be_v under_o their_o confinement_n and_o they_o i._n e._n the_o dead_a wicked_a be_v judge_v every_o man_n according_a to_o their_o work_n 47_o which_o be_v not_o find_v write_v in_o the_o book_n of_o life_n and_o which_o they_o have_v late_o do_v against_o the_o camp_n and_o city_n of_o god_n as_o well_o as_o for_o all_o their_o other_o wicked_a deed_n which_o they_o have_v do_v whilst_o they_o be_v in_o the_o flesh_n in_o this_o present_a world_n 45_o grotius_n and_o piscator_fw-la render_v the_o word_n have_v give_v up_o which_o must_v refer_v to_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o dead_a wicked_a at_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n when_o because_o there_o be_v to_o be_v no_o sea_n in_o the_o new_a earth_n the_o sea_n give_v up_o its_o dead_a 46_o for_o the_o dead_a wicked_a be_v condemn_v at_o first_o to_o the_o four_o corner_n of_o the_o earth_n which_o be_v as_o a_o kind_n of_o hades_n or_o common_a receptacle_n of_o the_o dead_a answerable_a to_o the_o hamonah_n or_o city_n of_o dead_a carcase_n in_o ezekiel_n chap._n 38_o and_o 39_o see_v on_o verse_n 8._o and_o mr._n mede_n pag._n 57_o 1._o and_o bishop_n usher_v answer_n to_o the_o jesuit_n challenge_n concern_v limbus_n patrum_fw-la 47_o their_o work_n in_o the_o former_a verse_n be_v represent_v as_o write_v in_o book_n because_o be_v commit_v long_o before_o they_o be_v thereby_o to_o be_v put_v in_o remembrance_n of_o they_o and_o therefore_o the_o book_n be_v open_v unto_o they_o but_o here_o be_v no_o mention_n of_o book_n open_v it_o may_v well_o be_v conclude_v that_o these_o work_n be_v those_o which_o they_o have_v new_o commit_v against_o the_o belove_a city_n verse_n 9_o which_v be_v fresh_a in_o their_o memory_n there_o need_v not_o any_o writing_n of_o they_o in_o book_n in_o order_n to_o their_o conviction_n 14_o and_o death_n 48_o and_o hell_n or_o the_o grave_a the_o last_o enemy_n to_o be_v destroy_v 1_o cor._n 15.26_o 55._o be_v cast_v into_o the_o lake_n of_o fire_n i._n e._n mortality_n and_o all_o place_n of_o punishment_n except_o that_o design_v for_o the_o eternal_a torment_n of_o the_o wicked_a be_v annihilate_v there_o be_v now_o no_o further_o use_v of_o they_o and_o they_o have_v deliver_v up_o the_o dead_a which_o be_v in_o they_o this_o cast_v into_o the_o lake_n be_v the_o 49_o second_o death_n i._n e._n death_n eternal_a matth._n 10.28_o see_v on_o verse_n 6._o 48_o these_o be_v the_o enemy_n of_o christ_n which_o according_a to_o doctrinal_a scripture_n in_o full_a concurrence_n with_o prophetical_a be_v to_o be_v destroy_v by_o he_o at_o last_o just_o before_o the_o delivery_n of_o his_o kingdom_n up_o to_o the_o father_n 1_o cor._n 15.25_o 26_o 54_o 55_o 56._o 49_o as_o that_o expression_n verse_n 5._o this_o be_v the_o first_o resurrection_n seem_v to_o denote_v that_o it_o be_v to_o be_v at_o the_o begin_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n so_o do_v this_o parallel_a expression_n intimate_v that_o this_o second_o death_n be_v to_o be_v at_o the_o end_n and_o last_o appearance_n of_o it_o these_o two_o be_v as_o it_o be_v solemn_a inscription_n on_o two_o pillar_n show_v the_o two_o bound_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n beginning_n in_o a_o first_o resurrection_n of_o saint_n and_o a_o first_o death_n of_o the_o wicked_a and_o end_v in_o a_o second_o resurrection_n to_o glory_n of_o the_o former_a and_o a_o second_o death_n of_o the_o latter_a as_o absolute_a final_a and_o immutable_a as_o the_o life_n of_o the_o former_a 15_o and_o 50_o whosoever_o be_v not_o find_v write_v in_o the_o lamb_n be_v book_v of_o life_n i._n e._n whosoever_o be_v not_o a_o live_a member_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n during_o the_o thousand_o year_n of_o life_n and_o blessedness_n be_v cast_v into_o the_o lake_n of_o fire_n i._n e._n be_v punish_v with_o eternal_a torment_n 50_o the_o reprobate_n be_v not_o only_o judge_v according_a to_o the_o rule_n of_o justice_n by_o their_o own_o work_n but_o the_o book_n of_o absolute_a sovereign_a and_o free_a grace_n be_v look_v into_o when_o they_o be_v condemn_v to_o show_v the_o agreement_n there_o be_v betwixt_o god_n decree_n and_o the_o proceed_n of_o his_o rectoral_a justice_n in_o condemn_v sinner_n according_a to_o their_o own_o demerit_n there_o be_v none_o leave_v out_o of_o the_o book_n of_o life_n and_o grace_n who_o shall_v not_o be_v show_v to_o have_v just_o deserve_v to_o be_v condemn_v for_o their_o own_o sin_n and_o hitherto_o have_v be_v a_o description_n of_o the_o wicked_a their_o city_n in_o the_o four_o corner_n of_o the_o earth_n their_o action_n and_o final_a condemnation_n there_o follow_v now_o in_o the_o next_o chapter_n a_o description_n of_o the_o city_n of_o the_o saint_n and_o of_o their_o final_a reward_n in_o the_o eternal_a kingdom_n of_o god_n all_o in_o all._n chap._n xxi_o the_o text._n 1_o 1_o and_o i_o see_v a_o new_a 2_o heaven_n and_o a_o new_a earth_n i._n e._n the_o seat_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n wherein_o the_o saint_n reign_v with_o he_o a_o thousand_o year_n chap._n 20.4_o 6._o 2_o pet._n 3._o isa_n 65_o 17.66_o 22._o matth._n 19.28_o act_n 3.19_o for_o the_o first_o heaven_n and_o 2_o the_o first_o earth_n i_o e._n the_o heaven_n and_o the_o earth_n which_o be_v now_o 2_o pet._n 3.7_o be_v 3_o pass_v away_o with_o a_o great_a noise_n burn_v up_o and_o dissolve_v by_o fire_n 2_o pet._n 3.10_o 11_o 12._o and_o there_o be_v no_o more_o 4_o sea_n annotation_n on_o chap._n xxi_o 1_o here_o according_a to_o the_o custom_n of_o the_o sacred_a writer_n a_o particular_a account_n be_v give_v of_o the_o generation_n as_o the_o scripture_n speak_v gen._n 2.4_o of_o the_o new_a heaven_n and_o new_a earth_n which_o he_o have_v before_o chap._n 20_o 11._o see_v fly_v away_o at_o the_o consummation_n and_o end_v of_o all_o thing_n when_o christ_n shall_v deliver_v up_o his_o kingdom_n to_o the_o father_n 1_o cor._n 15.24_o 28._o it_o be_v usual_a as_o appear_v from_o gen._n 2._o for_o the_o holy_a penman_n to_o give_v a_o particular_a description_n afterward_o of_o what_o they_o have_v before_o either_o brief_o hint_v or_o only_o describe_v in_o general_a who_o be_v wont_v also_o to_o pursue_v the_o matter_n they_o have_v in_o hand_n quite_o throughout_o before_o they_o resume_v its_o more_o particular_a consideration_n as_o appear_v from_o the_o former_a chapter_n where_o the_o duration_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n be_v continue_v from_o its_o beginning_n in_o the_o resurrection_n of_o the_o saint_n to_o its_o end_n in_o the_o destruction_n of_o death_n his_o last_o enemy_n and_o to_o the_o fly_v away_o of_o the_o very_a new_a heaven_n and_o earth_n when_o christ_n mediatory_a kingdom_n be_v at_o a_o end_n the_o eternal_a kingdom_n of_o god_n all_o in_o all_o be_v to_o succeed_v 2_o the_o precede_a vision_n plain_o relate_v to_o the_o resurrection_n and_o the_o last_o day_n of_o judgement_n the_o new_a heaven_n and_o earth_n here_o describe_v most_o according_o be_v understand_v concern_v those_o mention_v by_o the_o apostle_n peter_n 1_o ep._n 3.13_o which_o be_v to_o succeed_v the_o general_a conflagration_n of_o the_o present_a heaven_n and_o earth_n to_o be_v dissolve_v at_o the_o very_a first_o appearance_n of_o christ_n at_o his_o second_o come_v who_o be_v to_o be_v manifest_v or_o
chap._n 20._o 11._o up_o of_o his_o glorious_a kingdom_n 22._o kingdom_n chap_n 1_o 7_o and_z chap._n 20._o 21._o 22._o to_o god_n and_o the_o father_n which_o kingdom_n be_v the_o chief_a action_n or_o end_v of_o the_o prophecy_n to_o which_o all_o the_o other_o action_n represent_v in_o it_o be_v conducive_a and_o the_o whole_a be_v embellish_v by_o many_o accidental_a ornament_n as_o by_o so_o many_o episodes_n as_o by_o a_o description_n of_o the_o 4._o the_o chap._n 4._o throne_n of_o the_o majesty_n of_o god_n song_n etc._n song_n chap._n 5._o chap._n 7._o 10_o c._n 11_o 16._o c._n 12._o 10_o c._n 14_o 1._o chap._n 15._o and_o 19.1_o etc._n etc._n of_o triumph_n praise_v and_o thanksgiving_n 9-17_a thanksgiving_n chap._n 7._o 9-17_a pre-representation_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n christ_n himself_o and_o angel_n speak_v voice_n from_o heaven_n together_o with_o thundering_n and_o lightning_n and_o frequent_v interlocutory_a passage_n too_o many_o to_o be_v here_o particular_o mention_v it_o consist_v of_o two_o tome_n 1._o tome_n see_v chap._n 4_o 1._o c._n 5_o 1._o of_o prophecy_n the_o former_a 3._o former_a chap_n 2._o and_o 3._o of_o which_o and_o the_o more_o general_a one_o may_v be_v call_v the_o church-prophecy_n the_o latter_a 5._o latter_a chap._n 5._o and_o more_o particular_a the_o book-prophecy_n both_o reach_a from_o the_o resurrection_n to_o the_o same_o period_n of_o time_n and_o describe_v the_o same_o event_n but_o after_o a_o different_a manner_n the_o first_o by_o symbol_n 3._o symbol_n chap._n 2._o c._n 3._o of_o church_n the_o latter_a etc._n latter_a see_v chap._n 6._o 1._o etc._n etc._n by_o symbol_n often_o take_v from_o the_o civil_a occurrence_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n and_o from_o other_o relate_v to_o the_o church_n as_o seat_v in_o it_o which_o principal_o respect_v the_o affair_n of_o the_o church_n and_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o yet_o be_v take_v from_o civil_a occurrence_n that_o each_o event_n may_v be_v the_o better_o distinguish_v as_o by_o so_o many_o notable_a character_n of_o time_n it_o begin_v with_o a_o general_a 1-12_a general_a chap._n 1._o 1-12_a preface_n or_o prologue_n wherein_o the_o epoch_n 10._o epoch_n chap._n 1._o 10._o of_o the_o prophecy_n be_v settle_v and_o the_o 7._o the_o chap._n 1._o 5_o 6_o 7._o period_n of_o it_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o it_o end_v with_o a_o general_a conclusion_n 7-21_a conclusion_n chap._n 22._o 7-21_a or_o epilogue_n relate_v to_o some_o of_o the_o great_a event_n but_o especial_o to_o the_o vial_n beside_o the_o general_a preface_n there_o be_v also_o two_o particular_a one_o the_o one_o 20_o one_o chap._n 1._o 11_o 20_o prefix_v to_o the_o church-prophecy_n in_o which_o christ_n be_v represent_v in_o a_o priestly_a and_o kingly_a habit_n as_o supreme_a lord_n of_o the_o church_n the_o epistle_n be_v declare_v to_o be_v mystical_a and_o be_v order_v to_o be_v send_v to_o the_o church_n and_o their_o angel_n the_o other_o 5._o other_o chap._n 4._o and_o 5._o be_v place_v before_o the_o book-prophecy_n in_o which_o the_o throne_n of_o god_n be_v describe_v the_o divine_a 70._o divine_a see_v page_n 70._o court_n of_o judicature_n which_o be_v to_o pass_v sentence_n upon_o all_o the_o action_n in_o the_o prophecy_n be_v settle_v christ_n be_v declare_v the_o supreme_a director_n of_o they_o and_o appear_v 83._o appear_v see_v pag._n 83._o as_o ready_a to_o receive_v his_o kingdom_n but_o because_o christ_n according_a to_o the_o mysterious_a agreement_n betwixt_o he_o and_o the_o father_n have_v promise_v by_o 6._o by_o dan._n 12_o 7._o pag._n 83._o 87._o 112._o chap._n 10._o 6._o oath_n that_o the_o beast_n shall_v have_v his_o time_n therefore_o be_v the_o book_n give_v into_o his_o hand_n seal_v with_o 6._o with_o chap._n 5._o and_o 6._o seven_o seal_n which_o be_v as_o so_o many_o stop_n or_o delay_n to_o it_o and_o the_o several_a open_n of_o they_o as_o so_o many_o removal_n of_o obstacle_n to_o it_o concern_v which_o see_v chap._n 6._o after_o the_o open_n of_o the_o six_o etc._n six_o chap._n 6._o 12._o etc._n etc._n seal_n upon_o the_o downfall_n of_o paganism_n the_o succession_n of_o a_o christian_a emperor_n and_o the_o advancement_n of_o christ_n church_n in_o the_o empire_n there_o be_v give_v a_o representation_n 9-17_a representation_n chap._n 7._o 9-17_a of_o christ_n kingdom_n which_o as_o be_v the_o chief_n end_n of_o this_o prophecy_n be_v always_o keep_v in_o view_n in_o it_o of_o which_o the_o christian_a empire_n and_o church_n thus_o advance_v be_v a_o emblem_n but_o because_o the_o mystery_n of_o iniquity_n begin_v then_o to_o increase_v therefore_o 12._o therefore_o chap._n 7._o 1-9_a chap._n 11._o 1._o and_o chap._n 12._o be_v the_o servant_n of_o god_n sealed_n the_o woman_n prepare_v for_o her_o flight_n into_o the_o wilderness_n the_o worshipper_n begin_v to_o retire_v into_o the_o temple_n and_o the_o witness_n prepare_v to_o put_v on_o their_o sackcloth_n which_o vision_n be_v cotemporary_a and_o parallel_v and_o not_o long_o after_o be_v persecute_v by_o the_o 17._o the_o chapter_n 11._o c._n 12._o c._n 13._o c._n 17._o beast_n which_o carry_v the_o woman_n a_o pure_a church_n be_v seal_v i._n e._n 6_o e._n see_v on_o chap._n 7._o 3_o 4._o chap._n 8._o 1_o 6_o cover_v and_o secure_v amid_o the_o grow_a corruption_n and_o the_o seven_o 6_o seven_o see_v on_o chap._n 7._o 3_o 4._o chap._n 8._o 1_o 6_o seal_n be_v open_v at_o the_o final_a victory_n over_o paganism_n by_o theodosius_n there_o appear_v at_o the_o open_n of_o that_o seal_n on_o the_o backside_n 1._o backside_n see_v on_o chap._n 5._o 1._o of_o the_o seven_o roll_n of_o the_o book_n seven_o angel_n with_o seven_o 9_o seven_o see_v chap_n 8._o and_o 9_o trumpet_n symbol_n of_o so_o many_o judgement_n upon_o the_o antichristianize_a church_n and_o empire_n the_o judgement_n of_o the_o four_o 6-13_a four_o chap._n 8._o 6-13_a first_o trumpet_n be_v execute_v by_o the_o northern_a nation_n which_o end_v in_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o western_a emperor_n and_o the_o succession_n of_o the_o 8-13_a the_o chap._n 9_o 1._o chap._n 13._o and_o 17._o 8-13_a papal_a empire_n the_o five_o 3-12_a five_o chap._n 9_o 3-12_a by_o the_o saracen_n and_o the_o six_o 12-21_a six_o chap._n 9_o 12-21_a by_o the_o turk_n who_o destroy_v the_o antichristian_a eastern_a empire_n and_o still_o continue_v as_o a_o woe_n upon_o the_o western_a quick_o after_o the_o pass_n of_o the_o mahometan_a woe_n which_o be_v the_o second_o woe_n the_o woe_n of_o the_o six_o trumpet_n before_o which_o 15._o which_o chap._n 11._o 14._o 15._o the_o witness_n will_v rise_v the_o ten_o king_n will_v hate_v the_o whore_n the_o antichristian_a hierarchy_n will_v fall_v and_o there_o shall_v be_v great_a conversion_n the_o feventh_n 21._o feventh_n chap._n 11._o 12_o c._n 17_o 16._o see_v the_o note_n on_o chap._n 18._o 21._o and_o last_o trumpet_n sound_v out_o of_o which_o there_o proceed_v seven_o 15._o seven_o chap._n 11._o 15._o voice_n which_o be_v the_o 14._o the_o chap._n 14._o voice_n of_o the_o seven_o thunder_n unseal_v which_o be_v seal_v at_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o reformation_n describe_v chap_n 10._o and_o be_v as_o so_o many_o preparation_n to_o the_o bless_a millenuium_fw-la out_o of_o the_o seven_o 2._o seven_o chap._n 14.19_o see_v note_n on_o chap._n 14._o 2._o of_o which_o voice_n there_o issue_n seven_o vial_n contain_v the_o final_a judgement_n upon_o antichristianism_n and_o all_o the_o enemy_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n raise_v to_o judgement_n whereupon_o a_o monumental_a 19_o monumental_a see_v pag._n 329._o and_o chapter_n 15._o 16_o 18_o and_o 19_o pillar_n as_o it_o be_v be_v erect_v with_o this_o inscription_n it_o be_v do_v to_o show_v that_o the_o prophecy_n aim_v at_o a_o certain_a time_n of_o christ_n victory_n over_o his_o enemy_n and_o of_o his_o appear_v in_o glory_n to_o his_o friend_n and_o servant_n whereupon_o also_o anotner_n such_o inscription_n be_v give_v chap._n 21._o 6._o after_o the_o pour_v forth_o of_o the_o seven_o 17._o seven_o chap._n 16._o 17._o vial_n the_o thousand_o 22._o thousand_o chapter_n 20-21_a 22._o year_n kingdom_n of_o christ_n begin_v which_o be_v expire_v satan_n 3._o satan_n chap._n 20._o 3._o be_v loose_v for_o a_o little_a space_n but_o the_o final_a judgement_n come_v on_o at_o the_o end_n of_o which_o the_o kingdom_n be_v 11._o be_v chap._n 20_o 11._o deliver_v up_o to_o god_n and_o here_o it_o be_v to_o be_v observe_v that_o because_o the_o same_o thing_n be_v represent_v in_o the_o chutch_n prophecy_n and_o in_o the_o book_n prophecy_n that_o therefore_o there_o be_v many_o synchronism_n or_o contemporary_a vision_n in_o this_o book_n and_o because_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o antichrist_n be_v opposite_a that_o therefore_o there_o be_v many_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d
〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o opposite_a representation_n in_o it_o of_o which_o the_o reader_n be_v here_o present_v with_o a_o general_a scheme_n the_o particular_n which_o be_v very_o many_o be_v to_o be_v careful_o observe_v and_o gather_v out_o of_o the_o book_n itself_o the_o church_n of_o ephesus_n 32._o ephesus_n chap._n 2._o 1-8_a see_v pag._n 20._o 32._o be_v contemporary_a with_o the_o four_o first_o seal_n and_o reach_n from_o the_o resurrection_n a._n d._n 33._o to_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o persecution_n under_o dioclesian_n a._n d._n 303._o the_o church_n of_o smyrna_n 8-12_a smyrna_n chap._n 2._o 8-12_a in_o which_o the_o synagogue_n of_o satan_n arise_v be_v contemporary_a with_o the_o five_o six_o and_o seven_o seal_n and_o last_v until_o the_o sound_n of_o the_o first_o trumpet_n a._n d._n 437._o the_o church_n of_o perganus_n 1â—15_a perganus_n chap._n 2._o 1â—15_a begin_v to_o witness_v in_o sackcloth_n at_o the_o entrance_n of_o the_o apostasy_n a._n d._n 437._o and_o be_v contemporary_a with_o the_o five_o first_o trumpet_n and_o part_n of_o the_o six_o and_o with_o the_o progress_n of_o the_o apostasy_n to_o a_o throne_n and_o the_o slay_v of_o the_o antipapal_a witness_n by_o excommunication_n and_o persecution_n until_o about_o the_o 12_o century_n or_o between_o a._n d._n 1100_o and_o 1200._o then_o arise_v the_o church_n of_o etc._n of_o chap._n 2._o 18._o etc._n etc._n thyatira_n witnese_v against_o the_o depth_n of_o satanical_a corruption_n which_o continue_v during_o the_o first_o slay_v of_o the_o witness_n and_o the_o progress_n of_o the_o mahometan_a woe_n of_o the_o six_o trumpet_n 10._o trumpet_n chap._n 10._o until_o the_o reformation_n a._n d._n 1517._o the_o church_n of_o sardis_n together_o with_o some_o low_a appearance_n of_o the_o philadelphian_a state_n keep_v under_o by_o those_o of_o the_o synagogue_n chap._n 3._o 9_o be_v contemporary_a with_o the_o reformation_n and_o be_v to_o last_v until_o some_o more_o perfect_a church_n state_n shall_v appear_v of_o which_o if_o the_o calculation_n 11._o calculation_n see_v the_o note_n on_o chap._n 10._o 7._o on_o chap._n 11._o 2_o 11._o frequent_o mention_v in_o the_o follow_a book_n prove_v true_a there_o will_v be_v some_o more_o than_o ordinary_a appearance_n about_o a._n d._n 1697._o when_o the_o beast_n month_n end_n the_o philadelphian_a 7-13_a philadelphian_a chap._n 3._o 7-13_a state_n the_o church_n of_o thyatira_n 19_o thyatira_n chap._n 2._o 19_o in_o its_o last_o work_n the_o undefiled_a 4._o undefiled_a chap._n â—_o 4._o name_n in_o sardis_n and_o those_o also_o of_o that_o state_n who_o this_o prophecy_n call_v they_o of_o the_o synagogue_n chap._n 3._o 9_o who_o shall_v come_v and_o unite_v themselves_o to_o the_o church_n of_o philadelphia_n carry_v on_o the_o whole_a series_n of_o thing_n during_o the_o 14_o the_o see_v chapter_n 14_o voice_n and_o the_o vial_n from_o the_o rise_n of_o that_o sit_v until_o the_o glorious_a millenium_fw-la that_o be_v if_o the_o calculation_n here_o advance_v 1-7_a advance_v chap._n 3._o 1-7_a prove_v true_a from_o a._n d._n 1697._o until_o 16._o until_o see_v chapter_n 14._o and_o 16._o a._n d._n 1727._o and_o from_o 1727_o to_o 1772._o after_o the_o millennium_n satan_n be_v loose_v for_o a_o short_a season_n gog_n and_o magog_n compass_v the_o city_n but_o be_v destroy_v and_o all_o the_o enemy_n of_o christ_n be_v judge_v and_o perfect_o subdue_v with_o which_o the_o laodicean_n 20._o laodicean_n chap._n 3_o 14-22_a chap._n 20._o state_n of_o the_o church_n be_v cotemporary_a but_o beside_o these_o synchronism_n betwixt_o the_o church_n prophecy_n and_o the_o book_n prophecy_n it_o be_v very_o observable_a that_o there_o be_v very_o many_o vision_n in_o the_o book_n prophecy_n which_o synchronize_v one_o with_o another_o as_o be_v frequent_o observe_v in_o the_o annotation_n of_o which_o here_o be_v give_v a_o short_a specimen_fw-la refer_v the_o reader_n to_o the_o book_n itself_o for_o a_o large_a account_n of_o they_o synchron_n 1._o the_o seal_n and_o many_o particular_n in_o the_o twelve_o chapter_n be_v contemporary_a as_o will_v appear_v to_o any_o one_o who_o compare_v the_o six_o chapter_n with_o the_o twelve_o synchron_n 2._o the_o barbarous_a nation_n chap._n 8._o 7._o enter_v as_o gentile_n into_o the_o outward_a court_n the_o worshipper_n in_o the_o inward_a temple_n the_o witness_n in_o sackcloth_n and_o the_o church_n actual_o fly_v into_o the_o wilderness_n be_v also_o contemporary_a see_v chapter_n 8._o c._n 11._o c._n 12._o synchron_n 3._o the_o beast_n rise_v out_o of_o the_o sea_n come_v into_o his_o succession_n and_o into_o his_o forty_o two_o month_n and_o the_o ten_o king_n receive_v power_n all_o one_o hour_n with_o he_o be_v contemporary_a with_o the_o extinction_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n upon_o the_o sound_a of_o the_o three_o trumpet_n because_o when_o the_o former_a government_n be_v expire_v another_o must_v needs_o immediate_o come_v into_o succession_n synchron_n 4._o the_o witness_n lie_v dead_a and_o the_o woman_n hide_v in_o the_o wilderness_n from_o the_o face_n of_o the_o serpent_n be_v synchronous_n synchron_n 5._o the_o end_n of_o the_o two_o time_n the_o beginning_n of_o half_a time_n the_o thunder_n voice_n utter_v and_o then_o seal_v be_v contemporary_a see_v chap._n 10._o synchron_n 6._o the_o full_a rise_n of_o the_o witness_n the_o fall_n of_o the_o ten_o of_o the_o great_a city_n the_o pass_v away_o of_o the_o second_o woe_n and_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n to_o sound_n be_v contemporary_a with_o the_o end_n of_o the_o three_o day_n and_o a_o half_n of_o the_o three_o time_n and_o half_a and_o of_o the_o 1260_o day_n and_o forty_o two_o month_n which_o be_v in_o a_o equal_a duration_n synchron_n 7._o the_o seven_o trumpet_n the_o voices_z and_o the_o vial_n the_o judgement_n on_o the_o whore_n the_o beast_n and_o the_o false_a prophet_n the_o lamb_n wife_n make_v herself_o ready_a be_v contemporary_n synchron_n 8._o the_o thousand_o year_n of_o satan_n bind_v the_o first_o resurrection_n the_o bless_a participation_n of_o it_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n the_o new_a heaven_n and_o new_a earth_n be_v contemporary_n synchron_n 9_o the_o thousand_o year_n expire_v satan_n lose_v the_o gog_n and_o magog_n be_v together_o in_o time_n synchron_n 10._o the_o fire_n come_v down_o from_o heaven_n satan_n cast_v into_o the_o lake_n the_o dead_a judged_n and_o with_o death_n cast_v into_o the_o lake_n synchronize_v with_o the_o white_a throne_n the_o laodicean_n saint_n sit_v down_o with_o christ_n upon_o it_o the_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o opposite_n be_v chief_o these_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o of_o his_o saint_n the_o kingdom_n of_o satan_n carry_v on_o in_o the_o four_o or_o roman_a monarchy_n first_o as_o pagan_a then_o as_o antichristian_a the_o church_n of_o ephesus_n as_o apostolical_a the_o church_n of_o ephesus_n have_v leave_v its_o first_o love_n chap._n 2._o 4._o smyrna_n a_o synagogue_n of_o satan_n chap._n 2._o 9_o pergamus_n and_o antipas_n the_o throne_n of_o satan_n balaam_n and_o the_o nicolaitan_n chap._n 2._o 13_o 14_o 15._o the_o false_a prophet_n chap._n 16_o 13._o thyatira_n the_o depth_n of_o satan_n jezebel_n or_o the_o false_a prophetess_n chap._n 2._o 20_o 14._o the_o undefiled_a name_n in_o sardis_n those_o of_o the_o synagogue_n chap._n 3._o 3_o 4_o 9_o philadelphia_n the_o laodicean_n lukewarmness_n the_o lamb._n the_o dragon_n the_o beast_n the_o other_o beast_n with_o two_o horn_n like_o a_o limb._n chap._n 13._o 11._o the_o bride_n the_o lamb_n wife_n chap._n 19_o 7._o the_o whore_n chap._n 17._o christ_n seal_v once_o and_o witness_n the_o mark_v slave_n of_o the_o beast_n chap._n 13._o 16._o the_o great_a city_n the_o holy_a jerusalem_n the_o belove_a city_n the_o camp_n of_o the_o saint_n c._n 20_o 9.21.10_o babylon_n the_o great_a city_n reign_v over_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n c._n 17._o and_o the_o city_n of_o gog_n and_o magog_n at_o the_o four_o corner_n of_o the_o earth_n c._n 20.8_o twelve_o the_o apostolical_a number_n c._n 7.4_o twenty_o five_o the_o antichristian_a name_n mark_v number_n c._n 13._o 18._o christ_n the_o king_n of_o king_n and_o lord_n of_o lord_n chap._n 19_o 16._o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n chap._n 19_o 19_o the_o army_n which_o come_v in_o the_o heaven_n with_o christ_n c._n 19.14_o the_o army_n of_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o their_o nation_n gog_n and_o magog_n chap._n 19_o 15_o 19_o 20_o 8._o errata_fw-la pag._n 6._o l._n 29._o read_v 16._o p._n 9_o l._n 5._o of_o the_o of_o this_o world_n p._n 13._o l._n 16._o r._n denote_v p._n 14._o l._n 24._o r._n full_a of_o p._n 21._o l._n 16._o r._n rom._n 2._o p._n 27._o l._n 27._o r._n good_n p._n 22._o l._n 32._o r._n 58._o p._n 41._o l._n 8._o f._n the_o r._n that_o
p._n 47._o l._n ult_n r._n 1_o cor._n 2._o p._n 55._o l._n 26._o r._n gospel_n p_o 64._o l._n 15._o blot_n out_o a_o indifference_n p._n 66._o l_o 23._o r._n what_o p._n 72._o l._n ult_n r._n compare_n p._n 82._o l._n 21._o r._n slay_v p._n 83._o l._n 30._o r._n have_v p._n 84._o l._n 30._o f._n in_o the_o earth_n r._n on_o p._n 85._o l._n 13._o r._n 19_o l._n 23._o r_o and_o that_o because_o l._n 30._o r._n bring_v in_o l._n 31._o r._n object_n p._n 86._o l._n 20._o r._n also_o as_o well_o as_o p._n 88_o l._n 10._o f._n whence_o r._n where_o l._n 26._o f._n his_o r._n god_n p._n 113._o l._n 16._o f._n psalm_n r._n palm_n p._n 149._o l._n 3._o r._n in_o a_o cave_n p._n 158._o l._n 3._o r._n about_o it_o p._n 170._o l._n 25._o r._n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d p._n 174._o l._n 7._o r._n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d p._n 191._o l._n 22._o r._n much_o indebt_v p._n 177._o l._n 14._o r._n that_o it_o l._n 15._o f._n that_o r._n the_o p._n 205._o l._n 7._o f._n time_n r._n time_n p._n 283._o l._n 4._o r._n each_o of_o which_o head_n p._n 300._o l._n 7._o r._n σ._n p._n 344._o l._n 20._o r._n be_v type_n p._n 402._o l._n 7._o r._n the_o lord_n god_n p._n 415._o l._n 17._o insert_v see_v thou_o do_v it_o not_o i_o be_o p._n 235._o blot_n out_o these_o word_n a.d._n 1507._o within_o ten_o year_n of_o p._n 236._o l._n 4._o r._n 1529._o annotation_n on_o the_o revelation_n chap._n i._n the_o text._n 1_o the_o revelation_n of_o jesus_n christ_n i.e._n the_o discovery_n and_o manifestation_n of_o divine_a secret_n in_o a_o prophetical_a vision_n from_o jesus_n christ_n which_o god_n the_o father_n give_v unto_o he_o the_o great_a prophet_n and_o mediator_n to_o show_n or_o make_v know_v by_o prophetical_a symbol_n and_o representation_n and_o actual_o to_o world_n to_o so_o the_o word_n be_v take_v john_n 5_o 20.14_o 8._o and_o in_o this_o sense_n god_n be_v say_v to_o show_v christ_n and_o he_o to_o be_v reveal_v when_o he_o come_v into_o the_o world_n exhibit_v or_o produce_v the_o effect_n of_o every_o vision_n in_o its_o proper_a time_n unto_o his_o servant_n i._n e._n those_o eminent_a and_o faithful_a christian_n especial_o minister_n who_o dedicate_v themselves_o to_o his_o service_n thing_n which_o must_v short_o i._n e._n sudden_o and_o speedy_o begin_v 1_o to_o come_v to_o pass_n one_o after_o another_o and_o or_o which_o which_o which_o and_o be_v here_o according_a to_o the_o custom_n of_o the_o hebrew_n language_n put_v for_o the_o pronoun_n relative_n which_o he_o christ_n scent_n and_o signify_v it_o i._n e._n make_v know_v the_o prophetical_a vision_n of_o this_o book_n by_o his_o 2_o angel_n sometime_o one_o special_a angel_n send_v for_o this_o purpose_n and_o sometime_o another_o unto_o his_o servant_n john_n the_o annotation_n 1_o thus_o grotius_n dr._n hammond_n and_o most_o interpreter_n expound_v these_o word_n this_o prophecy_n contain_v a_o discovery_n of_o thing_n which_o be_v to_o come_v to_o pass_v in_o a_o succession_n of_o time_n one_o after_o another_o of_o which_o it_o may_v be_v very_o apposite_o say_v that_o they_o must_v come_v to_o pass_v short_o when_o they_o be_v short_o to_o begin_v to_o pass_v into_o event_n as_o a_o army_n be_v say_v to_o be_v come_v when_o only_o the_o vanguard_n begin_v to_o appear_v with_o which_o interpretation_n these_o word_n of_o dr._n pocock_n agree_v on_o joel_n pag._n 145_o 150._o of_o those_o last_o thing_n which_o be_v to_o be_v do_v or_o in_o do_v to_o the_o last_o of_o time_n in_o this_o world_n st._n john_n by_o reason_n of_o the_o certainty_n of_o their_o be_v fulfil_v in_o due_a time_n say_v that_o they_o shall_v be_v fulfil_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o short_o come_v to_o pass_v 2_o michael_n and_o gabriel_n be_v employ_v in_o daniel_n but_o in_o this_o prophecy_n several_a angel_n be_v make_v use_n of_o but_o none_o by_o name_n which_o together_o with_o the_o humane_a subordinate_a ministry_n employ_v under_o they_o be_v general_o call_v by_o the_o name_n of_o angel_n in_o this_o book_n from_o this_o verse_n we_o may_v observe_v the_o order_n of_o divine_a revelation_n which_o proceed_v from_o god_n the_o father_n as_o the_o fountain_n and_o original_a and_o be_v commit_v by_o he_o to_o christ_n unto_o who_o all_o power_n be_v give_v in_o the_o church_n by_o who_o it_o be_v send_v to_o his_o servant_n especial_o minister_n by_o the_o ministration_n of_o his_o angel_n who_o be_v under_o he_o as_o their_o head_n and_o lord_n and_o his_o minister_n to_o who_o the_o prophecy_n be_v principal_o direct_v be_v also_o style_v angel_n from_o their_o minister_a to_o he_o in_o this_o prophecy_n together_o with_o the_o angel_n see_v on_o ver_fw-la 20._o 2_o who_o bear_v record_v i._n e._n have_v testify_v and_o declare_v by_o his_o preach_a and_o suffering_n vers_fw-la 9_o and_o in_o this_o book_n of_o christ_n the_o word_n of_o god_n john_n 1.1_o chap._n 19.13_o and_o of_o the_o testimony_n of_o jesus_n christ_n i._n e._n the_o 3_o gospel_n 1_o cor._n 1.6_o and_o of_o all_o thing_n that_o he_o see_v 4_o concern_v christ_n while_o he_o abide_v on_o earth_n and_o afterward_o in_o this_o and_o the_o follow_a vision_n 3_o call_v his_o testimony_n because_o it_o testify_v of_o he_o declare_v the_o will_n of_o god_n and_o be_v testify_v unto_o or_o confirm_v by_o his_o miracle_n 4_o here_o the_o apostle_n plain_o discover_v himself_o to_o be_v the_o writer_n of_o this_o book_n from_o many_o character_n peculiar_a unto_o himself_o as_o that_o he_o have_v give_v testimony_n which_o be_v part_n of_o the_o office_n of_o a_o apostle_n in_o scripture_n act_v 1.8_o 22_o etc._n etc._n unto_o the_o gospel_n of_o christ_n and_o to_o the_o divinity_n of_o the_o word_n of_o god_n by_o his_o preach_v and_o by_o his_o suffering_n for_o it_o and_o that_o he_o have_v deliver_v many_o thing_n concern_v christ_n of_o which_o he_o have_v be_v a_o peculiar_a eye-witness_n which_o be_v now_o upon_o record_n in_o his_o gospel_n in_o the_o like_a manner_n of_o speech_n and_o way_n of_o assurance_n john_n 1_o 14.19_o 35._o and_o moreover_o this_o be_v a_o preface_n to_o the_o whole_a book_n of_o vision_n he_o have_v already_o see_v these_o word_n may_v very_o well_o refer_v unto_o they_o 3_o 5_o bless_a hear_v and_o here_o after_o be_v he_o that_o read_v and_o expound_v with_o diligence_n and_o understanding_n and_o they_o that_o hear_v with_o attention_n the_o word_n of_o this_o prophecy_n and_o keep_v in_o their_o mind_n observe_v and_o practice_v those_o thing_n which_o be_v write_v therein_o for_o the_o time_n of_o their_o beginning_n to_o be_v successive_o complete_v be_v at_o hand_n be_v therefore_o to_o be_v regard_v and_o the_o consideration_n of_o it_o not_o to_o be_v put_v off_o unto_o a_o further_a day_n as_o the_o jew_n be_v wont_a to_o do_v ezek._n 12_o 21-28_a 5_o the_o divine_a authority_n of_o the_o revelation_n the_o author_n of_o the_o book_n and_o the_o subject-matter_n of_o it_o have_v be_v deliver_v in_o brief_a in_o the_o forego_n verse_n st._n john_n here_o declare_v the_o fruit_n and_o benefit_n which_o the_o reader_n and_o observer_n of_o it_o shall_v reap_v by_o it_o and_o very_o probable_o give_v a_o intimation_n that_o it_o ought_v to_o be_v read_v in_o public_a assembly_n here_o be_v mention_n of_o one_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o reader_n and_o of_o many_o as_o it_o be_v assemble_v to_o hear_v he_o read_v and_o interpret_v according_a to_o the_o custom_n of_o the_o church_n and_o without_o doubt_n great_a be_v the_o blessing_n attend_v the_o sober_a study_n of_o this_o book_n and_o the_o due_a observation_n of_o the_o correspondence_n betwixt_o it_o and_o the_o event_n foretell_v in_o it_o must_v needs_o be_v a_o matter_n of_o extraordinary_a comfort_n especial_o to_o those_o who_o shall_v be_v so_o happy_a as_o to_o live_v near_o the_o time_n of_o its_o full_a completion_n as_o christ_n tell_v daniel_n chap._n 12._o 12._o and_o even_o what_o be_v not_o so_o full_o understand_v be_v nevertheless_o according_a to_o the_o example_n of_o daniel_n and_o of_o the_o bless_a virgin_n luke_n 2.19_o 50_o 51._o to_o be_v ponder_v upon_o and_o keep_v in_o our_o mind_n lest_o we_o be_v find_v whole_o ignorant_a of_o the_o great_a truth_n contain_v in_o this_o book_n when_o the_o time_n of_o their_o consummation_n appear_v and_o that_o thereby_o god_n may_v be_v wrought_v upon_o to_o make_v know_v unto_o we_o what_o we_o do_v not_o understand_v see_v he_o have_v declare_v that_o he_o that_o seek_v shall_v find_v and_o to_o he_o that_o knock_v it_o shall_v be_v open_v but_o chief_o the_o blessedness_n here_o pronounce_v
to_o the_o church_n in_o the_o plural_a that_o be_v all_o the_o several_a period_n and_o succession_n of_o they_o 14_o the_o particle_n what_o refer_v not_o only_o to_o the_o follow_a sentence_n but_o to_o all_o which_o go_v before_o as_o appear_v from_o the_o epistle_n to_o the_o church_n of_o thyatira_n sardis_n philadelphia_n and_o laodicea_n in_o which_o there_o be_v nothing_o that_o follow_v this_o proverbial_a sentence_n which_o must_v therefore_o have_v a_o reference_n to_o what_o precede_v it_o 15_o this_o promise_n refer_v to_o the_o particular_a overcomer_n of_o the_o evil_a of_o each_o church-state_n and_o not_o to_o the_o church_n themselves_o for_o as_o some_o man_n may_v fall_v short_a of_o overcome_a vice_n and_o error_n in_o a_o good_a church-state_n so_o other_o may_v overcome_v the_o evil_a of_o a_o bad_a one_o and_o the_o promise_n to_o the_o several_a overcomer_n be_v take_v from_o the_o description_n give_v afterward_o in_o the_o latter_a part_n of_o this_o prophecy_n of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n or_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n which_o as_o they_o have_v promote_v so_o shall_v their_o reward_n be_v now_o the_o earthly_a paradise_n be_v a_o type_n of_o christ_n heavenly_a kingdom_n and_o to_o eat_v of_o the_o tree_n of_o life_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o that_o paradise_n be_v to_o be_v refresh_v and_o nourish_v with_o divine_a communication_n in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n in_o which_o the_o saint_n and_o overcomer_n shall_v reign_v with_o he_o and_o here_o we_o be_v to_o take_v notice_n that_o the_o reward_n be_v suit_v to_o each_o particular_a state_n to_o be_v refresh_v by_o eat_v in_o a_o state_n of_o happiness_n be_v proper_a to_o those_o who_o be_v weary_v with_o labour_n and_o suffering_n and_o a_o crown_n in_o the_o next_o succession_n be_v the_o fit_a reward_n of_o the_o overcomer_n of_o a_o state_n of_o persecution_n it_o be_v also_o further_o fit_a to_o be_v observe_v that_o the_o right_n of_o primogeniture_n be_v not_o give_v to_o ephesus_n but_o to_o smyrna_n the_o symbol_n of_o the_o afflict_a church-state_n which_o have_v the_o crown_n of_o life_n bestow_v upon_o it_o the_o symbol_n of_o royal_a dignity_n which_o of_o right_o belong_v to_o the_o first_o bear_v and_o the_o very_a kingdom_n of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n be_v give_v to_o philadelphia_n of_o which_o the_o key_n of_o david_n and_o her_o crown_n be_v the_o symbol_n which_o seem_v to_o be_v shadow_v out_o unto_o we_o in_o the_o blessing_n of_o jacob_n gen._n 49._o which_o may_v by_o way_n of_o allegory_n and_o as_o typical_a be_v accommodate_v to_o the_o mystical_a israel_n the_o church_n where_o the_o precedency_n both_o in_o dignity_n and_o power_n be_v take_v from_o reuben_n the_o first_o bear_v because_o of_o his_o instability_n and_o have_v defile_v his_o father_n bed_n which_o may_v be_v typical_a of_o ephesus_n early_a departure_n from_o its_o first_o love_n and_o of_o the_o idolatrous_a apostasy_n which_o creep_v into_o it_o betimes_o which_o be_v a_o spiritual_a defilement_n in_o scripture_n whereupon_o its_o candlestick_n be_v remove_v out_o of_o its_o place_n that_o be_v it_o lose_v the_o rank_n of_o priority_n it_o be_v to_o have_v in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n which_o be_v give_v to_o the_o next_o succession_n of_o smyrna_n for_o its_o constancy_n in_o affliction_n burr_n especial_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n state_n come_v down_o in_o the_o philadelphian_a succession_n 8_o and_o unto_o the_o angel_n verse_n 1_o of_o the_o church_n in_o smyrna_n 16_o write_v these_o thing_n say_v the_o first_o 17_o and_o the_o last_o which_o be_v dead_a and_o be_v alive_a that_o be_v christ_n the_o eternal_a god_n who_o raise_v himself_o from_o the_o dead_a 16_o smyrna_n be_v the_o next_o city_n of_o the_o seven_o northward_o from_o ephesus_n and_o about_o forty_o mile_n distant_a from_o it_o and_o it_o be_v still_o a_o metropolitical_a see_v have_v yet_o no_o more_o than_o two_o church_n of_o greek_n in_o it_o and_o one_o or_o two_o of_o armenian_n it_o be_v name_n may_v by_o a_o figurative_a allusion_n be_v derive_v from_o a_o syriack_n word_n signify_v bitterness_n to_o denote_v the_o bitter_a persecution_n of_o the_o church_n under_o this_o state_n 17_o these_o attribute_n be_v make_v use_n of_o to_o encourage_v they_o to_o undergo_v their_o suffering_n as_o have_v be_v already_o experience_v by_o christ_n who_o be_v god_n and_o have_v vanquish_v death_n for_o they_o 9_o i_o know_v and_o approve_v thy_o good_a work_v in_o the_o propagate_a of_o my_o kingdom_n and_o tribulation_n under_fw-la persecution_n and_o poverty_n or_o extreme_a want_n by_o thy_o be_v spoil_v 18_o of_o thy_o good_a but_o thou_o be_v real_o rich_a in_o grace_n and_o in_o my_o esteem_n and_o favour_n and_o i_o know_v the_o blasphemy_n 19_o i._n e._n idolatry_n of_o they_o or_o that_o party_n that_o say_v they_o be_v jew_n 20_o that_o be_v boast_v themselves_o to_o be_v the_o pure_a christian_n the_o true_a worshipper_n of_o the_o one_o only_a god_n and_o be_v not_o true_o so_o but_o be_v real_o and_o in_o god_n account_n the_o 21_o synagogue_n of_o satan_n that_o be_v a_o antichristian_a congregation_n 18_o as_o be_v usual_a in_o time_n of_o persecution_n heb._n 10.34_o 19_o blasphemy_n be_v a_o contumely_n or_o reproach_n of_o god_n by_o attribute_v that_o to_o a_o creature_n which_o be_v proper_o he_o whence_o in_o scripture_n it_o be_v put_v to_o signify_v idolatry_n which_o be_v the_o high_a blasphemy_n see_v isa_n 65.7_o 1_o maccab._n 2.6_o 2_o maccab._n 8.4_o and_o this_o blasphemy_n than_o appear_v in_o the_o reverence_n pay_v to_o martyr_n which_o be_v the_o beginning_n of_o idolatry_n 20_o the_o phrase_n and_o expression_n of_o this_o mystical_a book_n be_v take_v from_o the_o old_a testament_n and_o the_o jewish_a oeconomy_n which_o be_v typical_a of_o the_o christian_a as_o the_o apostle_n assert_n 1_o cor._n 10_o 14_a the_o type_n in_o this_o prophecy_n be_v constant_o put_v for_o the_o anti-type_n or_o thing_n signify_v and_o therefore_o according_a to_o that_o usual_a figure_n by_o jew_n here_o must_v be_v understand_v christian_n who_o be_v the_o mystical_a israel_n or_o the_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o true_a israel_n as_o justin_n martyr_n call_v they_o who_o glory_n and_o proper_a privilege_n it_o be_v to_o be_v the_o worshipper_n of_o the_o one_o true_a god_n whilst_o all_o the_o world_n beside_o be_v guilty_a of_o idolatry_n now_o the_o jew_n be_v wont_v to_o pride_n themselves_o in_o their_o privilege_n those_o here_o represent_v be_v also_o say_v to_o say_v that_o they_o be_v jew_n that_o be_v boast_v of_o it_o in_o allusion_n perhaps_o to_o the_o name_n judah_n which_o signify_v praise_n and_o thanksgiving_n be_v here_o and_o by_o the_o apostle_n rom._n 2_o 17-29_a put_v to_o denote_v a_o boast_v confession_n join_v with_o a_o seek_v the_o praise_n of_o man_n as_o grotius_n have_v note_v on_o the_o place_n and_o as_o be_v obvious_a from_o the_o last_o verse_n of_o that_o chapter_n as_o i_o before_o hint_v of_o which_o pride_n of_o they_o there_o be_v a_o eminent_a instance_n in_o the_o very_a first_o apostolical_a church_n at_o jerusalem_n act_v 6._o where_o the_o hebrew_n or_o natural_a jew_n who_o come_v from_o the_o loin_n of_o abraham_n neglect_v or_o proud_o despise_v the_o hellenist_n or_o proselyte_v gentile_n although_o jew_n by_o their_o religion_n as_o well_o as_o themselves_o and_o therefore_o in_o proportion_n by_o jew_n here_o must_v be_v mean_v those_o christian_n who_o more_o than_o ordinary_o boast_v themselves_o to_o be_v the_o pure_a worshipper_n of_o the_o true_a god_n only_o when_o yet_o they_o be_v real_o guilty_a of_o idolatry_n for_o the_o word_n jew_n as_o grotius_n note_v on_o rom._n 2.17_o be_v then_o a_o word_n significative_a of_o their_o religion_n rather_o than_o of_o their_o nation_n and_o denote_v as_o much_o as_o a_o worshipper_n of_o the_o one_o god_n or_o one_o who_o confess_v and_o acknowledge_v he_o as_o the_o word_n judah_n be_v explain_v by_o philo_n and_o interpret_v by_o the_o lxx_o gen._n 29.35_o 21_o satan_n signify_v according_a to_o the_o original_a of_o the_o word_n the_o great_a adversary_n the_o devil_n of_o who_o congregation_n these_o pretend_v pure_a christian_n be_v say_v to_o be_v and_o not_o of_o christ_n because_o by_o their_o blasphemous_a or_o idolatrous_a practice_n they_o do_v indeed_o and_o in_o god_n account_n worship_v he_o and_o propagate_v his_o antichristian_a kingdom_n but_o this_o be_v at_o first_o the_o fault_n only_o of_o a_o few_o of_o they_o or_o of_o that_o party_n that_o value_v themselves_o and_o despise_v other_o call_v themselves_o jew_n or_o the_o only_a true_a or_o pure_a israel_n of_o god_n it_o have_v always_o happen_v so_o from_o the_o begin_n of_o god_n church_n that_o according_a to_o the_o allegory_n insist_v
on_o gal._n 4.25_o 29._o the_o corrupt_a party_n have_v stand_v most_o upon_o its_o purity_n honour_n and_o pre-eminence_n and_o have_v persecute_v and_o despise_v the_o pure_a one_o now_o the_o church_n of_o smyrna_n comprehend_v that_o succession_n of_o the_o church_n in_o which_o the_o great_a persecution_n happen_v and_o in_o which_o a_o crown_n of_o life_n be_v at_o last_o give_v they_o at_o the_o empire_n become_v christian_n the_o blasphemy_n here_o reprehend_v refer_v chief_o to_o the_o latter_a state_n of_o that_o succession_n when_o honour_n and_o riches_n flow_v into_o the_o church_n corrupt_v the_o purity_n of_o their_o former_a poor_a and_o suffer_a condition_n and_o the_o reverence_n at_o first_o innocent_o pay_v to_o martyr_n and_o the_o introduce_v of_o pagan_a rite_n by_o degree_n under_o pretence_n of_o win_v the_o heathen_n give_v a_o great_a increase_n to_o the_o grow_a apostasy_n iniquity_n under_o the_o covert_n of_o a_o mystery_n i._n e._n of_o piety_n religion_n and_o well_o mean_v zeal_n make_v daily_a progress_n in_o the_o church_n until_o it_o arise_v to_o a_o antichristian_a synagogue_n or_o congregation_n of_o a_o prevail_a party_n among_o they_o which_o phrase_n be_v make_v use_n of_o in_o opposition_n to_o the_o title_n give_v the_o jew_n in_o the_o old_a testament_n who_o be_v call_v numb_a 31.16_o the_o congregation_n or_o synagogue_n of_o the_o lord_n which_o the_o corrupt_a party_n of_o this_o succession_n have_v forfeit_v by_o its_o antichristian_a or_o satanical_a innovation_n as_o the_o jew_n also_o do_v upon_o their_o apostasy_n under_o jeroboam_n 2_o chron._n 11.15_o who_o be_v thereupon_o say_v to_o have_v sacrifice_v unto_o devil_n or_o satan_n and_o it_o be_v worth_a observation_n that_o the_o last_o degeneracy_n of_o the_o jewish_a church_n when_o as_o it_o appear_v from_o the_o gospel_n it_o become_v a_o satanical_a synagogue_n consist_v chief_o in_o vain_a tradition_n in_o affect_v title_n honour_n and_o preeminence_n in_o neglect_v the_o spiritual_a service_n of_o god_n and_o in_o expect_v a_o present_a worldly_a kingdom_n of_o the_o messiah_n instead_o of_o a_o future_a heavenly_a state_n of_o it_o and_o of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n within_o we_o consist_v in_o inward_a righteousness_n and_o peace_n and_o last_o in_o cruelty_n and_o persecution_n and_o in_o cast_v out_o of_o the_o synagogue_n of_o the_o lord_n the_o true_a and_o faithful_a servant_n of_o christ._n now_o in_o whatsoever_o age_n of_o the_o church_n there_o may_v be_v find_v such_o a_o temper_n and_o spirit_n prevail_v so_o much_o may_v it_o be_v say_v to_o have_v of_o the_o synagogue_n of_o satan_n in_o it_o much_o of_o which_o be_v visible_a in_o this_o succession_n in_o the_o strife_n among_o bishop_n about_o the_o superiority_n and_o the_o prehemenency_n of_o their_o see_z in_o their_o rash_a censure_v and_o excommunicate_v one_o another_o for_o slight_a matter_n as_o appear_v evident_o in_o the_o behaviour_n of_o pope_n victor_n in_o the_o opposition_n make_v in_o this_o period_n to_o the_o doctrine_n of_o the_o ancient_a chiliast_n and_o in_o the_o introduce_v a_o great_a number_n of_o ceremony_n rite_n and_o custom_n into_o the_o church_n to_o bring_v over_o the_o jew_n and_o pagan_n to_o the_o christian_a religion_n 10_o fear_v none_o of_o those_o thing_n which_o thou_o shall_v suffer_v for_o behold_v the_o devil_n 22_o shall_v by_o evil_a man_n as_o his_o instrument_n cast_v some_o 23_o of_o you_o who_o have_v the_o courage_n not_o to_o deny_v i_o into_o prison_n i._n e._n various_a and_o grievous_a torture_n and_o persecution_n that_o you_o may_v be_v try_v full_o whether_o you_o be_v perfect_a and_o entire_a james_n 1.2_o 3._o 1_o pet._n 1.7_o and_o you_o shall_v have_v tribulation_n that_o be_v one_o most_o notable_a persecution_n 24_o ten_o day_n all_o year_n be_v thou_o faithful_a unto_o the_o suffering_n of_o death_n and_o i_o will_v give_v thou_o a_o crown_n 25_o of_o life_n i._n e._n freedom_n from_o persecution_n reward_n and_o honour_n 22_o persecutor_n do_v the_o devil_n work_v eph._n 2.2_o and_o to_o he_o justin_n martyr_v frequent_o attribute_n the_o pagan_a persecution_n because_o they_o be_v promote_v and_o set_v on_o by_o his_o instigation_n 23_o for_o many_o fall_v away_o in_o the_o time_n of_o persecution_n 24_o day_n in_o prophetic_a account_n be_v frequent_o put_v for_o year_n as_o be_v evident_a from_o numb_a 14.34_o ezek._n 4.6_o and_o dan._n 9.24_o where_o the_o day_n of_o the_o seventy_o week_n be_v understand_v by_o most_o interpreter_n of_o year_n for_o a_o day_n be_v the_o first_o and_o most_o natural_a measure_n of_o time_n depend_v upon_o the_o constant_a and_o most_o know_a revolution_n of_o the_o sun_n be_v put_v in_o all_o language_n and_o particular_o in_o the_o hebrew_n to_o express_v indefinite_o a_o length_n or_o continuance_n of_o time_n as_o the_o day_n of_o herod_n signify_v in_o scripture_n the_o time_n of_o his_o reign_n and_o be_v limit_v to_o some_o certain_a continuance_n by_o circumstance_n or_o according_a to_o the_o will_n of_o he_o who_o make_v use_v of_o it_o as_o it_o be_v by_o god_n in_o scripture_n restrain_v to_o signify_v a_o prophetical_a year_n as_o be_v evident_a from_o the_o place_n i_o have_v quote_v against_o which_o grotius_n have_v object_v nothing_o material_a as_o dr._n moor_n have_v full_o prove_v in_o his_o mystery_n of_o godliness_n book_n 5._o chap._n 15._o now_o the_o last_o and_o great_a persecution_n of_o the_o church_n under_o diocletian_a last_a according_a to_o all_o chronologer_n exact_o ten_o year_n it_o be_v evident_a that_o this_o place_n must_v refer_v unto_o it_o especial_o if_o we_o consider_v that_o the_o vision_n of_o the_o soul_n under_o the_o altar_n which_o be_v contemporary_a with_o this_o succession_n immediate_o precede_v the_o great_a earthquake_n or_o change_v of_o thing_n under_o constantine_n and_o that_o no_o example_n can_v be_v bring_v by_o grotius_n or_o dr._n hammond_n of_o a_o ten_o day_n persecution_n in_o the_o time_n to_o which_o they_o limit_v this_o passage_n and_o that_o ten_o do_v not_o denote_v in_o scripture_n a_o short_a time_n when_o put_v indefinite_o but_o be_v always_o put_v for_o one_o of_o a_o long_a continuance_n it_o be_v as_o it_o be_v the_o plenitude_n of_o simple_a number_n as_o be_v evident_a from_o numb_a 14.22_o job_n 19.3_o 1_o sam._n 1.8_o eccles_n 7.19_o furthermore_o see_v that_o the_o thing_n refer_v to_o in_o this_o prophecy_n be_v for_o the_o use_n of_o the_o whole_a church_n aught_o to_o be_v illustrious_a part_n of_o history_n and_o not_o reference_n to_o something_o not_o transmit_v unto_o we_o with_o which_o shift_n grotius_n put_v off_o his_o reader_n what_o more_o notable_a part_n of_o history_n can_v be_v refer_v to_o than_o that_o of_o the_o ten_o year_n persecution_n which_o give_v date_n to_o the_o aera_fw-la martyrum_fw-la and_o be_v a_o most_o famous_a character_n of_o time_n exact_o answer_v in_o its_o ten_o year_n duration_n to_o the_o prophetical_a way_n of_o account_v a_o day_n for_o a_o year_n and_o fit_a to_o be_v make_v use_n of_o by_o the_o holy_a ghost_n in_o transmit_v so_o remarkable_a a_o period_n of_o the_o church_n down_o to_o after_o age_n 25_o a_o crown_n denote_v regal_a and_o triumphal_a honour_n and_o a_o crown_n of_o life_n be_v oppose_v to_o the_o death_n and_o martyrdom_n they_o have_v before_o suffer_v and_o hereby_o be_v plain_o set_v forth_o the_o freedom_n from_o persecution_n they_o enjoy_v under_o constantine_n at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o ten_o persecution_n which_o according_a to_o the_o accurate_a computation_n of_o mr._n pagi_n in_o his_o critical_a annotation_n upon_o baronius_n begin_v feb._n 23._o a.d._n 303._o and_o end_v june_n 13_o a._n d._n 313._o when_o the_o famous_a epocha_n be_v institute_v of_o the_o church_n freedom_n from_o persecution_n mention_v by_o eusebius_n in_o his_o chronicon_fw-la and_o by_o the_o author_n of_o the_o alexandrian_a chronicon_fw-la from_o which_o time_n we_o may_v date_n their_o crown_n of_o life_n constantine_n daily_o proceed_v to_o advance_v and_o secure_v the_o church_n which_o enjoy_v great_a freedom_n bate_v only_o some_o short_a persecution_n particular_o that_o under_o julian_n until_o it_o come_v to_o its_o high_a pitch_n of_o external_n peace_n and_o honour_n under_o theodosius_n the_o great_a who_o die_v at_o milan_n a._n d._n 395._o on_o jan._n 17._o or_o feb._n 24._o after_o he_o have_v give_v paganism_n its_o deadly_a blow_n by_o his_o famous_a defeat_n of_o argobastes_n and_o eugenius_n a._n d._n 394._o 11_o he_o that_o have_v a_o ear_n let_v he_o hear_v what_o the_o spirit_n say_v unto_o the_o church_n verse_n 7._o and_o he_o i._n e._n that_o person_n who_o overcome_v the_o persecution_n and_o evil_n of_o this_o church-state_n and_o persevere_fw-la unto_o the_o end_n in_o the_o precept_n of_o the_o gospel_n
thing_n throughout_o the_o whole_a prophecy_n 2._o the_o settle_n and_o appoint_v of_o christ_n the_o lamb_n new_o rise_v from_o the_o dead_a to_o be_v the_o supreme_a governor_n and_o director_n of_o all_o the_o event_n which_o be_v to_o come_v to_o pass_v by_o give_v he_o power_n to_o open_v the_o book_n and_o loose_v the_o seal_n of_o it_o 3._o we_o have_v here_o a_o prerepresentation_n as_o there_o be_v upon_o all_o suitable_a occasion_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n kingdom_n of_o christ_n the_o chief_a end_n of_o all_o the_o vision_n give_v we_o in_o two_o doxology_n sing_v by_o angel_n and_o the_o representative_n of_o the_o christian_a and_o jewish_a church_n who_o be_v as_o it_o be_v a_o chorus_n to_o this_o divine_a drama_n as_o the_o virgin_n companion_n watchman_n and_o shepherd_n be_v in_o the_o book_n of_o canticle_n which_o be_v a_o sacred_a dramatic_a poem_n relate_v to_o christ_n kingdom_n see_v dr._n patrick_n be_v preface_n on_o the_o song_n of_o solomon_n and_o dr._n beverley_n exposition_n of_o it_o 1_o from_o whence_o prophecy_n be_v call_v vision_n and_o prophet_n seer_n in_o scripture_n hammond_n 2_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d be_v put_v for_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d here_o and_o in_o other_o place_n of_o scripture_n as_o john_n 1_o 15.15_o 18._o 1_o john_n 4.19_o and_o this_o be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o first_o voice_n of_o a_o trumpet_n cap._n 1.10_o 2_o and_o immediate_o i_o be_v in_o the_o spirit_n chap._n 1.10_o and_o behold_v a_o throne_n be_v set_v in_o heaven_n i._n e._n god_n appear_v as_o king_n and_o judge_n isa_n 6.1_o ezek._n 1.26_o dan._n 7.9_o and_o one_o i._n e._n god_n the_o father_n chap._n 5.7_o sit_v on_o the_o throne_n i._n e._n appear_v in_o majesty_n and_o as_o in_o judgement_n 3_o and_o he_o that_o sit_v be_v to_o look_v upon_o or_o be_v in_o appearance_n 3_o and_o resemblance_n like_o a_o jasper_n i._n e._n glorious_a rev._n 20.11_o and_o a_o sardine_n 4_o stone_n i._n e._n glorious_a but_o terrible_a exod._n 24.10_o ezek._n 1.27_o and_o there_o be_v a_o rainbow_n i._n e._n his_o covenant_n of_o mercy_n and_o peace_n and_o his_o mindfulness_n of_o it_o gen._n 9_o 11-16_a isa_n 54_o 8-10_a ezek._n 1.28_o around_o about_o the_o throne_n so_o that_o it_o may_v always_o be_v in_o his_o remembrance_n in_o sight_n like_o unto_o a_o emerald_n 5_o denote_v the_o never_o fail_v mercy_n of_o his_o covenant_n and_o the_o most_o pleasant_a and_o precious_a promise_n of_o it_o and_o of_o his_o kingdom_n 3_o for_o he_o see_v not_o god_n but_o only_o his_o glory_n aâ—d_v such_o appearance_n as_o denote_v his_o attribute_n and_o perfection_n ezekiel_n 1.28_o 4_o it_o be_v a_o blood-coloured_n or_o red_a stone_n like_o fire_n and_o therefore_o fit_a to_o denote_v the_o justice_n and_o fiery_a indignation_n of_o god_n heb._n 10.27_o 5_o a_o smaragd_n or_o emerald_n be_v a_o most_o precious_a stone_n of_o a_o very_a pleasant_a and_o never_o fade_a greenness_n the_o chief_a colour_n in_o the_o rainbow_n 4_o and_o 6_o round_a about_o the_o throne_n be_v four_o and_o twenty_o seat_n or_o throne_n and_o upon_o the_o seat_n i_o see_v the_o four_o and_o twenty_o 7_o elder_n i._n e._n the_o representative_n of_o the_o jewish_a church_n 1_o chron._n 24._o isa_n 24.23_o sit_v on_o throne_n as_o participate_v in_o judgement_n and_o government_n dan._n 7.9_o 22_o 26_o 27._o rev._n 20.4_o clothe_v in_o white_a 8_o raiment_n i._n e._n priest_n vestment_n and_o they_o have_v on_o their_o head_n 8_o crown_n of_o gold_n i._n e._n regal_a ornament_n chap._n 1_o 6.5_o 10.20_o 6._o 6_o they_o encompass_v the_o throne_n as_o faithful_a minister_n and_o servant_n to_o receive_v god_n command_n and_o to_o show_v their_o nearness_n and_o access_n unto_o he_o who_o be_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o they_o to_o protect_v assist_v and_o give_v his_o command_n unto_o they_o matth._n 18.20_o 7_o the_o church_n of_o israel_n as_o it_o shall_v be_v advance_v by_o christ_n in_o his_o kingdom_n be_v plain_o call_v god_n ancient_n or_o elder_n by_o isaiah_n chap._n 24.23_o it_o seem_v evident_a to_o i_o that_o the_o four_o and_o twenty_o elder_n be_v here_o put_v for_o the_o representative_n of_o it_o in_o allusion_n to_o the_o four_o and_o twenty_o head_n of_o the_o course_n of_o the_o priest_n institute_v by_o david_n 1_o chron._n 24._o elder_n in_o its_o general_n notion_n signify_v a_o head_n or_o governor_n among_o the_o jew_n as_o appear_v from_o gen._n 50.7_o and_o this_o word_n elder_a be_v by_o this_o time_n become_v familiar_a in_o the_o church_n to_o signify_v the_o pastor_n or_o governor_n of_o it_o why_o may_v not_o a_o title_n use_v in_o the_o christian_a church_n be_v put_v to_o denote_v the_o governor_n of_o the_o jewish_a as_o on_o the_o contrary_a the_o jewish_a type_n be_v all_o along_o in_o this_o prophecy_n put_v to_o denote_v the_o christian_a antitype_n 8_o 8_o the_o jewish_a church_n seem_v here_o to_o be_v represent_v 1._o by_o their_o white_a vestment_n which_o be_v the_o habit_n of_o the_o jewish_a priest_n exod._n 28.39_o 40.39_o 27._o and_o 2._o by_o their_o crown_n whereby_o be_v denote_v that_o they_o be_v a_o royal_a priesthood_n as_o they_o be_v call_v exod._n 19.6_o and_o that_o they_o together_o with_o the_o christian_a church_n shall_v reign_v with_o christ_n 5_o and_o out_o of_o the_o throne_n of_o god_n the_o father_n proceed_v 9_o lightning_n and_o thundering_n and_o voice_n denote_v the_o majesty_n of_o god_n and_o the_o terror_n of_o his_o law_n and_o judgement_n and_o of_o the_o appearance_n of_o his_o kingdom_n and_o there_o be_v seven_o lamp_n of_o fire_n burn_v before_o the_o throne_n which_o be_v the_o symbol_n or_o hieroglyphic_n of_o the_o seven_a spirit_n of_o god_n i._n e._n of_o the_o perfect_a warm_v and_o enlighten_v influence_n and_o operation_n of_o the_o holy_a ghost_n towards_o the_o church_n exod._n 37.23_o ezek._n 4.2_o see_v the_o note_n on_o rev._n 1.4_o 12_o 20._o 9_o these_o word_n be_v take_v from_o the_o dreadful_a appearance_n of_o god_n upon_o mount_n sinai_n at_o the_o delivery_n of_o the_o law_n exod._n 19_o and_o 20.18_o 20._o and_o signify_v god_n judgement_n in_o behalf_n of_o and_o upon_o his_o church_n and_o especial_o the_o extraordinary_a break_n forth_o and_o signal_n come_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n whereby_o he_o shake_v not_o the_o earth_n only_o but_o the_o heaven_n as_o they_o be_v set_v forth_o in_o scripture_n by_o metaphor_n primary_o take_v according_a to_o the_o opinion_n of_o the_o learned_a theorist_n of_o the_o earth_n from_o the_o last_o general_a conflagration_n see_v and_o diligent_o come_v haggai_n 2_o 6-9_a malach._n 3.1_o psalm_n 18.13_o jerem._n 25.30_o ezek._n 1.13_o heb._n 10_o 27-31_a heb._n 12_o 18-29_a 6_o and_o before_o the_o throne_n there_o be_v a_o 10_o sea_n i._n e._n a_o large_a vessel_n or_o receptacle_n 1_o king_n 7.23_o of_o glass_n like_o unto_o crystal_n i._n e._n pure_a and_o transparent_a as_o that_o of_o the_o tabernacle_n be_v exod._n 38.8_o denote_v baptism_n and_o the_o purity_n it_o require_v and_o the_o blood_n of_o christ_n by_o which_o we_o be_v wash_v and_o cleanse_v from_o our_o sin_n rev._n 7.14_o and_o in_o the_o midst_n 11_o of_o the_o throne_n or_o just_a before_o it_o ezek._n 1.5_o and_o round_a 11_o about_o the_o throne_n numb_v 2.2_o be_v four_o beast_n or_o live_v 12_o creature_n represent_v the_o pure_a apostolical_a church_n of_o christ_n in_o all_o part_n of_o the_o world_n full_a of_o eye_n before_o and_o behind_o i._n e._n very_o circumspect_a and_o vigilant_a and_o skill_v in_o the_o past_a and_o future_a state_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n 10_o the_o laver_n or_o brazen_a vessel_n in_o the_o temple_n for_o the_o priest_n to_o wash_v in_o be_v call_v a_o sea_n in_o scripture_n as_o all_o receptacle_n of_o water_n be_v of_o which_o see_v exod._n 30_o 18.38_o 8._o by_o which_o be_v apt_o represent_v the_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o baptismal_a laver_n of_o the_o ancient_n which_o be_v very_o large_a 11_o 11_o one_o of_o the_o beast_n may_v be_v probable_o place_v before_o the_o throne_n or_o in_o the_o midst_n of_o it_o and_o the_o other_o three_o in_o just_a distance_n round_o about_o it_o probable_o one_o behind_o and_o two_o on_o each_o side_n of_o it_o in_o correspondence_n to_o the_o description_n of_o solomon_n throne_n 1_o king_n 10.19_o or_o according_a to_o the_o pitch_v of_o the_o tent_n of_o the_o israelite_n which_o be_v describe_v numb_a 2.2_o as_o be_v over_o against_o and_o round_o about_o the_o tabernacle_n that_o be_v encompass_v it_o in_o a_o square_a figure_n as_o the_o learned_a general_o agree_v each_o of_o the_o four_o division_n be_v place_v at_o the_o four_o point_n of_o it_o look_v towards_o the_o four_o
their_o agreement_n with_o the_o christian_a church_n do_v fall_v down_o in_v great_a humility_n and_o submission_n before_o he_o that_o sit_v on_o the_o throne_n and_o worship_v he_o that_o live_v for_o ever_o and_o ever_o and_o cast_v their_o crown_n before_o the_o throne_n in_o token_n of_o subjection_n and_o homage_n say_v 11_o thou_o be_v worthy_a and_o thou_o only_o o_o lord_n to_o receive_v the_o acknowledgement_n of_o glory_n and_o honour_n and_o power_n for_o thou_o have_v create_v all_o thing_n by_o thy_o power_n and_o for_o thy_o pleasure_n or_o will_n the_o only_a motive_n to_o it_o they_o be_v preserve_v in_o their_o be_v and_o be_v at_o first_o create_v nehem._n 9.6_o chap._n v._n the_o text._n 1_o and_o i_o see_v in_o the_o right_n 1_o hand_n of_o he_o that_o sit_v on_o the_o throne_n i._n e._n of_o god_n the_o father_n a_o 2_o book_n or_o roll_n ezek._n 2.9_o 10._o write_v within_o and_o on_o the_o backside_n i._n e._n contain_v a_o long_a series_n of_o event_n 3_o seal_v with_o 4_o seven_o seal_n to_o denote_v the_o obscurity_n of_o the_o prophecy_n and_o the_o delay_n of_o its_o accomplishment_n dan._n 12.4_o annotation_n on_o chap._n v._n 1_o god_n hold_v the_o book_n in_o his_o right_a hand_n to_o show_v his_o power_n and_o his_o readiness_n to_o deliver_v it_o 2_o this_o book_n seem_v to_o have_v consist_v of_o seven_o several_a roll_n roll_v up_o into_o one_o in_o the_o form_n of_o a_o cylinder_n videas_fw-la cylinder_n poli_fw-fr synop_n hammond_n on_o luke_n 4.17_o and_o on_o the_o place_n mede_n pag._n 789_o 790_o 791._o mori_n oper._n theol._n pag._n 21._o ubi_fw-la formam_fw-la libri_fw-la videas_fw-la according_a to_o the_o custom_n of_o the_o ancient_n have_v seven_o label_n seal_v with_o seven_o seal_n which_o be_v open_v in_o order_n there_o appear_v in_o each_o of_o they_o the_o seulpture_n or_o hieroglyphic_n hereafter_o mention_v and_o the_o back_n side_n of_o the_o last_o roll_n which_o be_v the_o outermost_a in_o roll_v be_v write_v upon_o to_o show_v that_o there_o be_v a_o long_a series_n of_o event_n contain_v in_o this_o book_n it_o be_v not_o the_o custom_n of_o the_o ancient_n to_o write_v on_o the_o back_n side_n of_o the_o roll_n but_o when_o the_o inside_n can_v not_o contain_v all_o their_o write_n we_o may_v divide_v for_o order_n and_o memory_n sake_n the_o whole_a prophecy_n of_o this_o book_n into_o two_o tome_n as_o mr._n mede_n call_v they_o the_o first_o of_o which_o contain_v in_o the_o forego_n chapter_n may_v be_v call_v the_o 4.1_o the_o see_v on_o chap._n 4.1_o church_n prophecy_n wherein_o symbol_n of_o church_n then_o in_o be_v be_v use_v the_o second_o which_o begin_v here_o may_v be_v call_v the_o book-prophecy_n because_o its_o event_n be_v represent_v by_o hieroglyphic_n in_o a_o book_n and_o both_o prophecy_n be_v of_o the_o same_o extent_n this_o latter_a reach_v to_o the_o end_n of_o time_n and_o determine_v and_o distinguish_v church_n succession_n and_o affair_n as_o well_o as_o the_o former_a only_o with_o this_o difference_n that_o they_o be_v represent_v in_o the_o latter_a by_o future_a occurrence_n and_o circumstance_n of_o the_o civil_a state_n and_o empire_n that_o so_o the_o time_n of_o their_o accomplishment_n may_v be_v the_o better_o know_v and_o take_v notice_n of_o by_o the_o illustrious_a event_n represent_v in_o they_o for_o as_o it_o please_v god_n to_o describe_v and_o foretell_v by_o his_o prophet_n the_o fall_n of_o babylon_n and_o other_o event_n under_o several_a symbol_n and_o representation_n for_o the_o great_a assurance_n of_o the_o prediction_n as_o in_o pharaoh_n dream_n gen._n 41.32_o and_o that_o the_o thing_n may_v be_v the_o more_o deep_o imprint_v on_o man_n mind_n by_o the_o variety_n of_o the_o figure_n by_o which_o they_o be_v describe_v so_o have_v the_o divine_a spirit_n upon_o the_o same_o account_n give_v divers_a emblem_n of_o one_o and_o the_o same_o thing_n in_o this_o prophecy_n 3_o i_o shall_v here_o once_o for_o all_o endeavour_v to_o give_v the_o true_a import_n of_o seal_v which_o seem_v to_o have_v these_o several_a acceptation_n in_o scripture_n 1._o it_o denote_v a_o secret_a or_o a_o hide_a condition_n as_o we_o seal_v up_o thing_n which_o we_o will_v keep_v secret_a 2._o it_o denote_v security_n thus_o the_o stone_n at_o the_o mouth_n of_o daniel_n den_n and_o our_o saviour_n sepulchre_n be_v seal_v with_o seal_n 3._o it_o signify_v hindrance_n and_o restraint_n thus_o god_n job_n 37.7_o be_v say_v to_o seal_v up_o the_o hand_n of_o every_o man_n i._n e._n to_o hinder_v their_o work_n by_o storm_n and_o wet_a weather_n and_o to_o seal_v up_o the_o star_n job_n 9.7_o i_o e._n to_o restrain_v their_o influence_n as_o satan_n be_v say_v rev._n 20.3_o to_o be_v shut_v up_o and_o to_o have_v a_o seal_v set_v upon_o he_o to_o restrain_v he_o 4._o propriety_n be_v signify_v by_o seal_v in_o scripture_n from_o the_o custom_n of_o seal_v good_n and_o servant_n when_o they_o be_v buy_v thereby_o to_o denote_v their_o propriety_n in_o they_o and_o to_o distinguish_v they_o from_o other_o man_n servant_n hammond_n on_o eph._n 4.30_o 5._o last_o from_o these_o and_o other_o metaphor_n it_o often_o in_o prophetical_a scripture_n signify_v the_o obscurity_n of_o a_o prophecy_n and_o the_o conceal_n of_o it_o in_o dark_a term_n from_o the_o generality_n of_o the_o people_n isa_n 8.16_o and_o the_o stop_n or_o hinder_v the_o event_n foretell_v by_o it_o so_o that_o seal_v and_o write_v and_o seal_v and_o open_v be_v oppose_v in_o prophetical_a language_n to_o one_o another_o and_o signify_v as_o much_o as_o conceal_v and_o reveal_v delay_v the_o accomplishment_n of_o a_o prophecy_n and_o bring_v it_o into_o effect_n see_v the_o note_n on_o chap._n 7.2_o 3_o 4._o 4_o with_o reference_n to_o the_o seven_o state_n of_o christ_n church_n which_o be_v hinder_v from_o come_v into_o event_n whilst_o the_o book_n be_v seal_v and_o be_v to_o be_v by_o degree_n accomplish_v and_o discover_v upon_o the_o gradual_a open_n of_o each_o of_o they_o 2_o and_o i_o see_v a_o strong_a 5_o angel_n or_o a_o mighty_a one_o psalm_n 103.20_o proclaim_v with_o a_o loud_a 5_o voice_z after_o the_o manner_n of_o a_o herald_n dan._n 3.4_o who_o be_v worthy_a for_o authority_n and_o ability_n to_o open_a 6_o the_o book_n and_o to_o loose_v the_o seal_n thereof_o i._n e._n to_o bring_v into_o event_n the_o thing_n there_o deliver_v 5_o 5_o to_o show_v the_o weight_n and_o concern_v of_o the_o thing_n to_o be_v deliver_v as_o worthy_a to_o be_v hear_v of_o all_o creature_n 6_o to_o open_v it_o by_o unseal_v it_o or_o when_o it_o be_v unseal_v 3_o and_o no_o 7_o man_n or_o no_o creature_n isa_n 41.28_o in_o heaven_n i._n e._n neither_o saint_n nor_o angel_n nor_o in_o earth_n nor_o under_o the_o earth_n i._n e._n in_o the_o state_n of_o depart_a soul_n from_o whence_o christ_n be_v just_o come_v be_v able_a to_o open_v the_o book_n i._n e._n to_o bring_v to_o pass_v the_o event_n of_o it_o neither_o so_o much_o as_o to_o look_n thereon_o if_o it_o be_v open_v that_o be_v of_o himself_o to_o understand_v foresee_v and_o govern_v the_o course_n of_o the_o prophecy_n and_o conduct_v it_o into_o event_n 7_o here_o by_o a_o hebraism_n consist_v in_o describe_v the_o whole_a by_o a_o enumeration_n of_o its_o part_n be_v signify_v that_o no_o creature_n whatsoever_o be_v able_a to_o open_v the_o book_n or_o so_o much_o as_o to_o understand_v it_o of_o himself_o 4_o and_o i_o weep_v *_o much_o because_o no_o man_n be_v find_v worthy_a to_o open_v and_o to_o read_v the_o book_n neither_o to_o look_v thereon_o as_o fear_v that_o i_o shall_v not_o be_v show_v those_o thing_n that_o be_v promise_v i_o chap._n 4.1_o *_o this_o weep_v seem_v to_o be_v rather_o from_o a_o despair_n that_o thing_n will_v not_o be_v carry_v on_o to_o the_o great_a kingdom_n of_o redemption_n as_o the_o two_o apostle_n luke_o 24.21_o be_v sorrowful_a lest_o christ_n be_v not_o he_o which_o shall_v have_v redeem_v israel_n and_o be_v astonish_v as_o mary_n also_o be_v john_n 20.13_o 15._o because_o the_o lord_n can_v not_o be_v find_v for_o which_o she_o weep_v for_o christ_n be_v represent_v at_o the_o six_o verse_n as_o just_o rise_v from_o the_o dead_a and_o therefore_o in_o congruity_n to_o that_o appearance_n what_o be_v here_o say_v must_v relate_v to_o the_o time_n before_o he_o appear_v as_o rise_v which_o be_v also_o a_o circumstance_n that_o confirm_v the_o fix_v of_o the_o epocha_n of_o this_o book_n at_o the_o resurrection_n 5_o and_o one_o or_o the_o 8_o first_o and_o chief_a of_o the_o 9_o elder_n or_o representatives_n of_o the_o jewish_a church_n chap._n 4.4_o say_v unto_o i_o weep_v
not_o for_o thy_o own_o sake_n or_o the_o sake_n of_o the_o church_n which_o thou_o fear_v will_v be_v deprive_v of_o what_o be_v contain_v in_o this_o book_n for_o behold_v the_o lion_n 10_o of_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n i._n e._n christ_n gen._n 49.9_o heb._n 7.13_o 14._o who_o be_v also_o the_o root_n of_o david_n isa_n 11.1_o 10._o rom._n 15.12_o have_v prevail_v with_o the_o father_n by_o his_o blood_n and_o merit_n to_o open_v the_o book_n and_o to_o loose_v the_o seven_o seal_n thereof_o verse_n 2_o 4._o i._n e._n to_o declare_v what_o be_v in_o it_o and_o to_o accomplish_v it_o 8_o for_o so_o one_o seem_v to_o signify_v in_o this_o prophecy_n as_o also_o it_o do_v dan._n 10.13_o gen._n 1.4_o matth._n 28.1_o 9_o the_o jewish_a church_n have_v be_v entrust_v with_o the_o oracle_n and_o prophecy_n of_o the_o old_a testament_n concern_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n it_o be_v very_o proper_a that_o their_o ministry_n shall_v be_v here_o make_v use_n of_o to_o declare_v unto_o john_n the_o import_n of_o what_o have_v be_v deliver_v therein_o concern_v the_o merit_n and_o power_n of_o christ_n in_o reveal_v and_o erect_v his_o kingdom_n and_o therefore_o christ_n be_v here_o describe_v by_o title_n take_v from_o what_o relate_v to_o the_o jew_n as_o the_o lion_n of_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n because_o he_o come_v from_o that_o tribe_n which_o be_v resemble_v to_o a_o lion_n in_o scripture_n and_o the_o root_n of_o david_n because_o he_o proceed_v from_o his_o stock_n as_o from_o a_o root_n 10_o no_o creature_n whatsoever_o as_o man_n signify_v verse_n 7._o and_o isa_n 41.28_o be_v able_a to_o open_v this_o book_n or_o look_v into_o it_o but_o only_o christ_n by_o virtue_n of_o his_o merit_n whereby_o that_o extravagant_a knowledge_n which_o be_v ascribe_v unto_o angel_n and_o saint_n in_o the_o romish_a church_n and_o their_o mediatorship_n be_v plain_o explode_v as_o appear_v also_o from_o the_o 11_o 12_o 13_o and_o 14_o verse_n 6_o and_o i_o behold_v with_o great_a concern_v and_o expectation_n and_o lo_o on_o a_o sudden_a in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o throne_n i._n e._n just_a before_o it_o and_o next_o unto_o it_o and_o of_o the_o four_o beast_n and_o in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o elder_n i._n e._n betwixt_o god_n the_o father_n and_o his_o church_n stand_v 11_o in_o a_o posture_n of_o defence_n as_o mediator_n and_o advocate_n and_o in_o a_o readiness_n to_o receive_v his_o kingdom_n dan._n 7.13_o 14._o a_o lamb_n i._n e._n christ_n john_n 1.29.36_o as_o it_o have_v be_v new_o stain_v be_v just_o rise_v from_o the_o dead_a have_v seven_o horn_n 12_o i._n e._n perfect_a regal_a authority_n especial_o over_o the_o sevenfold_a state_n of_o the_o church_n and_o seven_o eye_n signify_v perfection_n of_o knowledge_n and_o providential_a administration_n zech._n 3.9_o which_o be_v or_o represent_v the_o seven_a spirit_n of_o god_n i._n e._n the_o perfect_a operation_n of_o god_n spirit_n zech._n 4.6_o 10._o see_v on_o rev._n 1.4_o send_v forth_o into_o all_o the_o earth_n to_o superintend_v dispose_n and_o conduct_v all_o thing_n 2_o chron._n 46.9_o isa_n 11.2_o 11_o from_o christ_n be_v here_o represent_v as_o just_o rise_v from_o the_o dead_a with_o the_o sign_n of_o his_o suffering_n fresh_a and_o bleed_a it_o may_v be_v gather_v that_o the_o epocha_n of_o these_o vision_n be_v to_o be_v take_v from_o christ_n resurrection_n and_o ascension_n into_o heaven_n as_o we_o have_v observe_v before_o on_o chap._n 1.10_o and_o he_o be_v represent_v as_o stand_v to_o denote_v that_o he_o be_v not_o as_o yet_o in_o possession_n of_o his_o kingdom_n which_o be_v due_a to_o he_o at_o his_o resurrection_n as_o the_o psalmist_n plain_o affirm_v psalm_n 2_o 7_o 8._o but_o that_o he_o stand_v ready_a to_o receive_v it_o to_o which_o end_n he_o be_v bring_v unto_o the_o father_n as_o appear_v plain_o from_o dan._n 7.13_o 14._o 12_o horn_n be_v the_o weapon_n of_o beast_n they_o be_v put_v to_o signify_v strength_n and_o power_n in_o scripture_n as_o psalm_n 75.5_o 10._o and_o in_o daniel_n and_o this_o prophecy_n they_o denote_v king_n and_o their_o regal_a power_n as_o the_o scripture_n interpret_v itself_o dan._n 8.20_o 21._o rev._n 17.12_o 7_o and_o he_o i._n e._n christ_n be_v now_o enter_v upon_o his_o kingly_a office_n come_v to_o the_o father_n be_v bring_v near_o before_o he_o to_o receive_v his_o kingdom_n dan._n 7.13_o 14_o and_o take_v the_o book_n *_o out_o of_o the_o right_a hand_n of_o he_o that_o sit_v upon_o the_o throne_n i._n e._n receive_v his_o kingdom_n from_o the_o father_n and_o power_n to_o reveal_v and_o execute_v what_o be_v contain_v in_o that_o book_n concern_v it_o *_o this_o answer_n to_o dan._n 7.14_o where_o upon_o his_o be_v bring_v to_o the_o father_n a_o kingdom_n be_v give_v he_o of_o which_o this_o book_n be_v a_o symbol_n as_o be_v the_o book_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n only_o we_o be_v to_o take_v notice_n that_o the_o book_n be_v seal_v the_o kingdom_n be_v not_o to_o appear_v but_o by_o step_n and_o degree_n according_a to_o the_o open_n of_o the_o seal_n until_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n of_o the_o seven_o seal_n during_o which_o time_n christ_n be_v to_o sit_v in_o the_o patience_n and_o expectation_n of_o his_o kingdom_n at_o the_o right_a hand_n of_o god_n until_o his_o father_n make_v his_o foe_n his_o footstool_n according_a to_o psalm_n 110.1_o and_o 1_o cor._n 15.25_o 27._o 8_o and_o when_o he_o have_v take_v the_o boâ—k_n the_o four_o beast_n and_o four_o and_o twenty_o elder_n i._n e._n the_o christian_n and_o the_o jewish_a church_n perceive_v the_o to_o all_o power_n be_v now_o give_v unto_o he_o of_o the_o father_n fall_v down_o before_o the_o lamb_n to_o worship_v he_o bear_v every_o one_o of_o they_o harp_n to_o praise_v he_o and_o golden_a vial_n or_o bowl_n to_o hold_v incense_n in_o 2_o chron._n 4.22_o full_a of_o 13_o odour_n which_o be_v i._n e._n signify_v the_o prayer_n psalm_n 141.2_o of_o saint_n i._n e._n of_o the_o live_a creature_n and_o elder_n and_o all_o saint_n and_o member_n of_o the_o pure_a church_n in_o his_o kingdom_n rev._n 20.4_o 13_o the_o ascent_n of_o the_o incense_n signify_v the_o ascent_n of_o prayer_n to_o heaven_n and_o the_o odour_n of_o it_o their_o acceptableness_n with_o god_n for_o which_o see_v dr._n hammond_n on_o the_o place_n and_o on_o luke_n 1.10_o and_o here_o christ_n appear_v for_o his_o saint_n as_o in_o his_o kingdom_n make_v they_o priest_n to_o god_n by_o give_v they_o incense_n see_v chap._n 8.3_o 4.20_o 6._o 9_o and_o they_o sing_v a_o new_a song_n of_o 14_o singular_a love_n and_o gratitude_n upon_o the_o occasion_n of_o christ_n redemption_n and_o kingdom_n say_v thou_o be_v worthy_a and_o thou_o alone_o verse_n 23._o to_o take_v the_o book_n and_o to_o open_v the_o seal_n thereof_o for_o thou_o be_v slay_v and_o have_v redeem_v we_o to_o god_n i._n e._n to_o be_v his_o servant_n and_o worshipper_n by_o thy_o blood_n out_o of_o every_o kindred_n and_o tongue_n and_o people_n and_o nation_n to_o be_v a_o catholic_n church_n and_o kingdom_n 14_o in_o this_o sense_n this_o word_n be_v take_v psalm_n 33.3_o isa_n 42.9_o 10._o but_o it_o be_v rather_o call_v a_o new_a song_n here_o because_o it_o will_v have_v be_v for_o a_o long_a time_n out_o of_o use_n during_o the_o apostasy_n which_o will_v have_v pervert_v the_o doctrine_n of_o redemption_n and_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n therein_o celebrate_v of_o which_o kingdom_n there_o be_v here_o give_v a_o appearance_n and_o representation_n signify_v by_o music_n and_o harp_n which_o be_v the_o attendant_n of_o it_o in_o this_o prophecy_n song_n and_o music_n be_v not_o make_v use_n of_o in_o it_o but_o upon_o some_o such_o pre-appearance_n until_o the_o apostasy_n be_v at_o a_o end_n as_o if_o during_o the_o absence_n of_o the_o bridegroom_n mourn_v be_v more_o suitable_a for_o the_o church_n 10_o and_o haste_v make_v we_o unto_o the_o service_n and_o glory_n of_o our_o god_n king_n and_o priest_n i._n e._n a_o priestly_a kingdom_n chap._n 1.6_o and_o we_o shall_v reign_v 15_o in_o the_o earth_n in_o thy_o kingdom_n rev._n 20.4_o 15_o from_o hence_o it_o be_v plain_a that_o christ_n kingdom_n be_v to_o be_v upon_o earth_n rev._n 20.4_o 11_o and_o i_o behold_v or_o be_v still_o in_o vision_n and_o i_o hear_v the_o voice_n of_o many_o angel_n round_o about_o the_o throne_n and_o round_n about_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o elder_n i._n e._n the_o whole_a church_n consist_v of_o angel_n and_o man_n christian_n and_o jew_n heb._n 12.22_o 23_o 24._o and_o the_o number_n of_o they_o i._n e._n of_o the_o angel_n be_v ten_o tbousand_n time_n ten_o thousand_o and_o thousand_o of_o
thousand_o i._n e._n innumerale_fw-mi heb._n 12.22_o 12_o say_v with_o a_o loud_a voice_n be_v suitable_a affection_n worthy_a be_v the_o lamb_n that_o be_v slay_v to_o receive_v the_o acknowledgement_n and_o possession_n of_o pour_v and_o authority_n over_o all_o thing_n especial_o his_o church_n matth._n 11.27.28_o 18._o john_n 17.2_o and_o of_o riches_n i._n e._n the_o inheritance_n of_o all_o thing_n heb._n 1.2_o and_o of_o wisdom_n to_o govern_v his_o church_n as_o be_v the_o eternal_a wisdom_n of_o his_o father_n prov._n 3.16_o and_o of_o strength_n to_o conquer_v his_o enemy_n and_o honour_v from_o all_o creature_n and_o glory_v from_o his_o father_n john_n 17.1_o 5._o and_o bless_v from_o angel_n and_o saint_n and_o all_o creature_n psalm_n 145.10_o 11._o psalm_n 148._o 13_o and_o every_o 16_o creature_n phil._n 2.10_o which_o be_v in_o heaven_n and_o on_o the_o earth_n and_o under_o the_o earth_n and_o such_o as_o be_v in_o the_o sea_n and_o all_o that_o be_v in_o they_o hear_v i_o say_v blessing_n and_o honour_n and_o glory_n and_o power_n be_v unto_o he_o that_o sit_v upon_o the_o throne_n and_o unto_o the_o lamb_n i_o e._n to_o god_n the_o father_n and_o his_o son_n christ_n for_o ever_o and_o ever_o 16_o even_o inanimatt_a creature_n be_v frequent_o in_o scripture_n call_v upon_o to_o praise_n god_n by_o a_o common_a figure_n usual_a to_o all_o author_n and_o nation_n that_o because_o they_o will_v praise_v he_o if_o they_o can_v and_o be_v the_o object_n and_o occasion_n of_o praise_n to_o angel_n and_o man_n and_o be_v under_o the_o command_n of_o god_n and_o subservient_fw-fr to_o his_o glory_n and_o his_o church_n good_a and_o because_o the_o very_a order_n and_o beauty_n of_o the_o creature_n especial_o as_o they_o shall_v be_v in_o the_o restitution_n of_o all_o thing_n be_v a_o real_a and_o virtual_a praise_v of_o god_n and_o all_o creature_n saint_n and_o angel_n themselves_o be_v here_o bring_v as_o make_v this_o acknowledgement_n to_o signify_v that_o god_n and_o christ_n be_v the_o alone_a objest_n of_o worship_n and_o not_o any_o creature_n whatsoever_o exod._n 20.4_o 5._o 14_o and_o the_o four_o beast_n i._n e._n the_o christian_a church_n say_v amen_n to_o this_o new_a song_n i._n e._n consent_v and_o approve_v of_o it_o and_o after_o the_o christian_a church_n to_o show_v that_o they_o receive_v the_o clear_a and_o explicit_a knowledge_n of_o chrisi_n from_o the_o christian_a church_n and_o to_o testify_v the_o agreement_n there_o be_v betwixt_o the_o old_a and_o new_a testament_n the_o four_o and_o twenty_o elder_n i._n e._n the_o jewish_a church_n fell_a down_n and_o worship_v he_o 17_o that_o live_v for_o ever_o i._n e._n god_n the_o father_n 17_o here_o it_o be_v to_o be_v observe_v that_o as_o the_o christian_a church_n begin_v chap._n 4.8_o 9_o with_o hymn_n and_o worship_n to_o god_n the_o father_n so_o the_o jewish_a church_n here_o end_v after_o they_o have_v join_v with_o the_o christian_a church_n in_o praise_n and_o act_n of_o worship_n to_o christ_n who_o have_v the_o same_o worship_n here_o give_v he_o with_o the_o father_n with_o a_o act_n of_o worship_n to_o the_o father_n to_o show_v that_o as_o all_o thing_n be_v of_o he_o so_o be_v they_o also_o to_o he_o and_o his_o glory_n and_o that_o the_o kingdom_n be_v to_o be_v deliver_v up_o unto_o he_o and_o that_o all_o thing_n be_v to_o be_v subject_a unto_o he_o who_o be_v all_o in_o all_o 1_o cor._n 15_o 24-28_a which_o be_v signify_v by_o their_o fall_n down_o and_o worship_v he_o in_o token_n of_o their_o obedience_n and_o of_o the_o subjection_n of_o all_o thing_n unto_o he_o all_o creature_n also_o be_v as_o themselves_o bow_v or_o be_v subject_n unto_o he_o in_o the_o sense_n that_o they_o praise_v he_o psal_n 2.10_o 11._o chap._n vi_o the_o text._n 1_o and_o christ_n be_v now_o possess_v of_o the_o right_n to_o his_o kingdom_n and_o his_o sole_a and_o absolute_a power_n and_o dominion_n have_v be_v acknowledge_v by_o all_o creature_n in_o the_o former_a chapter_n i_o see_v or_o be_v in_o a_o vision_n when_v the_o lamb_n i._n e._n christ_n have_v now_o the_o right_n and_o administration_n of_o the_o affair_n of_o his_o kingdom_n open_v 1_o one_o i._n e._n the_o first_o chap._n 5._o 5._o of_o the_o seal_n i._n e._n he_o reveal_v what_o be_v before_o hide_v and_o accomplish_v what_o be_v represent_v under_o each_o seal_n and_o i_o hear_v as_o it_o be_v the_o noise_n or_o a_o clap_n of_o 2_o thunder_n i._n e._n a_o powerful_a and_o a_o terrible_a voice_n and_o efficacious_o productive_a of_o its_o effect_n see_v on_o chap._n 1._o 10._o 3_o one_o i._n e._n the_o first_o of_o the_o four_o beast_n or_o the_o apostolical_a ministry_n say_v come_v and_o see_v and_o consider_v the_o mysterious_a sculpture_n which_o be_v to_o be_v see_v in_o the_o first_o roll_n of_o the_o book_n and_o the_o great_a event_n represent_v by_o it_o annotation_n on_o chap._n vi_o 1_o the_o seal_n be_v as_o so_o many_o stop_v and_o delay_n to_o christ_n kingdom_n and_o the_o open_n of_o they_o signify_v not_o only_o the_o make_n of_o the_o vision_n know_v wnich_a before_o be_v conceal_v whereupon_o prophecy_n be_v call_v a_o seal_a book_n but_o also_o the_o effect_n of_o every_o vision_n as_o the_o prophet_n ezekiel_n chap._n 12.23_o phrase_n it_o or_o the_o several_a step_n and_o advances_n make_v towards_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n this_o be_v the_o book_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n whirh_n he_o open_v as_o king_n with_o power_n and_o authority_n and_o by_o actual_o effect_v the_o thing_n signify_v in_o their_o due_a and_o proper_a time_n 2_o hereby_o be_v signify_v the_o great_a power_n and_o efficacy_n which_o accompany_v the_o first_o preach_v of_o the_o gospel_n whence_o mark_v 3.17_o james_n and_o john_n be_v call_v the_o son_n of_o thunder_n and_o the_o utmost_a force_n of_o god_n power_n be_v call_v the_o thunder_n of_o god_n power_n job_n 26.14_o 3_o one_o as_o be_v usual_a in_o this_o prophecy_n signify_v the_o first_o of_o the_o beast_n like_o a_o lion_n who_o station_n be_v in_o the_o eastern_a part_n of_o the_o jewish_a camp_n hereby_o be_v signify_v the_o come_n forth_o of_o the_o gospel_n from_o jerusalem_n which_o be_v in_o the_o eastern_a part_n of_o the_o world_n whence_o the_o gospel_n be_v first_o preach_v and_o the_o first_o apostolical_a church_n gather_v according_a to_o the_o prediction_n of_o the_o prophet_n isa_n 28.16_o micah_n 4.2_o act_n 2.41_o 2_o and_o i_o see_v and_o behold_v i_o perceive_v engrave_v on_o the_o first_o roll_n a_o white_a 4_o horse_n signify_v the_o pure_a and_o merciful_a power_n and_o conquest_n of_o the_o gospel_n dispensation_n psal_n 45.4_o and_o he_o 5_o i._n e._n christ_n that_o sit_v on_o he_o i._n e._n who_o have_v the_o power_n and_o management_n of_o that_o dispensation_n have_v a_o bow_n 6_o i._n e._n the_o gospel_n psal_n 45.5_o and_o a_o crown_n be_v give_v unto_o he_o as_o king_n and_o conqueror_n and_o he_o go_v forth_o from_o jerusalem_n mic_n 4.2_o conquer_a 7_o by_o the_o efficacy_n of_o his_o gospel_n and_o his_o minister_n and_o to_o conquer_v by_o degree_n until_o the_o completion_n of_o his_o kingdom_n psal_n 2_o 6.-8_a 4_o horse_n be_v a_o swift_a and_o warlike_a creature_n according_a to_o the_o admirable_a description_n of_o they_o give_v in_o job_n chap._n 39_o the_o scripture_n do_v signify_v by_o they_o some_o active_a and_o powerful_a dispensation_n of_o his_o providence_n bring_v to_o pass_v by_o his_o angel_n and_o minister_n the_o nature_n and_o quality_n of_o which_o be_v denote_v by_o the_o divers_a colour_n attribute_v to_o those_o horse_n as_o appear_v plain_o from_o zach._n 1.8_o 10.6.2_o 3.10_o 3._o now_o the_o dispensation_n here_o point_v at_o be_v that_o of_o christ_n kingdom_n a_o 2.7_o a_o bochart_n hieros_n 2.7_o white_a horse_n be_v attribute_v unto_o he_o 1._o to_o denote_v his_o power_n prince_n and_o honourable_a person_n be_v use_v to_o ride_v and_o that_o on_o white_a beast_n whilst_o inferior_n go_v on_o foot_n as_o appear_v from_o judg._n 5.10_o eccles_n 10.7_o 2._o to_o signify_v the_o mercifulness_n of_o his_o conquest_n psalm_n 45.4_o zech._n 9_o 9.10_o 3._o it_o be_v usual_a for_o conqueror_n to_o ride_v on_o white_a horse_n on_o the_o day_n of_o triumph_n rev._n 19.11_o 14._o 5_o that_o christ_n be_v hereby_o signify_v be_v evident_a from_o rev._n 19.11_o 12_o 13._o compare_v with_o psalm_n 2._o and_o 45._o from_o whence_o these_o symbol_n be_v take_v 6_o as_o a_o archer_n with_o his_o bow_n according_a to_o the_o description_n give_v by_o the_o psalmist_n 7_o 12.11_o 2._o first_o menace_v and_o threaten_v at_o a_o distance_n before_o he_o shoot_v so_o christ_n first_o appear_v with_o a_o peaceable_a
minor_n out_o of_o which_o they_o be_v also_o beat_v first_o by_o the_o christian_n and_o then_o by_o the_o tartar_n until_o that_o famous_a lose_v they_o by_o god_n to_o punish_v the_o antichristian_a babylon_n about_o a._n d._n 1300._o after_o which_o time_n their_o success_n be_v swift_a and_o prodigious_a 15_o and_o the_o four_o angel_n be_v loose_v i._n e._n permit_v to_o pass_v that_o river_n which_o be_v prepare_v by_o god_n from_o the_o first_o erection_n of_o their_o empire_n for_o a_o 12_o hour_n and_o a_o 23_o day_n i._n e._n a_o year_n and_o a_o month_n of_o days_n which_o be_v year_n and_o a_o year_n of_n prophetical_a day_n for_o year_n for_o to_o slay_v the_o 24_o three_o part_n of_o man_n i._n e._n to_o destroy_v utter_o the_o constantinopolitan_a or_o greek_a roman_a empire_n 22_o the_o word_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d translate_v hour_n signify_v dan._n 4_o 33.5_o 5._o time_n or_o season_n in_o which_o sense_n it_o be_v often_o use_v by_o john_n in_o his_o gospel_n and_o in_o this_o book_n particular_o john_n 2_o 4.4_o 52.5_o 25.7_o 30._o and_o rev._n 11_o 13.17_o 12._o and_o thus_o also_o it_o be_v to_o be_v understand_v in_o this_o place_n because_o it_o be_v familiar_o use_v in_o this_o sense_n by_o the_o writer_n of_o this_o book_n and_o no_o where_o by_o he_o in_o the_o other_o for_o a_o hour_n which_o be_v but_o of_o little_a use_n to_o ascertain_v a_o line_n of_o time_n which_o be_v not_o wont_a to_o descend_v to_o such_o minute_n portion_n of_o it_o and_o therefore_o it_o be_v here_o to_o be_v understand_v that_o it_o may_v bear_v a_o proportion_n to_o its_o use_n in_o other_o place_n concern_v a_o certain_a portion_n of_o time_n not_o here_o particular_o limit_v and_o determine_v beyond_o those_o particular_o specify_v q._n d._n that_o they_o be_v prepare_v for_o a_o certain_a time_n or_o season_n and_o also_o for_o a_o day_n a_o month_n and_o a_o year_n over_o and_o above_o that_o time_n and_o the_o remark_n concern_v the_o acceptation_n of_o the_o word_n hour_n for_o time_n receive_v great_a light_n from_o the_o observation_n of_o 131._o of_o de_fw-fr emendat_fw-la temp._n lib._n 2._o pag._n 131._o scaliger_n who_o note_n that_o hour_n be_v a_o devise_n of_o the_o greek_n and_o so_o consequent_o be_v not_o in_o use_n among_o the_o jew_n during_o the_o time_n of_o the_o old_a testament_n from_o whence_o the_o word_n and_o phrase_n of_o this_o book_n be_v take_v 23_o this_o prophetical_a time_n for_o which_o see_v chap._n 11._o num_fw-la 12._o make_v up_o 396_o year_n which_o be_v the_o exact_a space_n of_o time_n from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o turkish_a empire_n a._n d._n 1057._o as_o we_o have_v before_o show_v to_o the_o take_n of_o constantinople_n by_o the_o turk_n a._n d._n 1453._o the_o very_a year_n assign_v by_o the_o late_a 131._o late_a de_fw-fr emendat_fw-la temp._n lib._n 2._o pag._n 131._o and_o most_o accurate_a chronologer_n for_o the_o take_n of_o that_o city_n after_o much_o doubt_n concern_v it_o which_o be_v a_o observation_n that_o ought_v to_o be_v take_v notice_n of_o to_o excite_v learned_a man_n to_o the_o study_n of_o scripture-chronology_n 24_o we_o have_v before_o show_v on_o chap._n 8.7_o that_o this_o be_v the_o mystical_a symbol_n of_o the_o greek_a or_o constantinopolitan_a roman_a empire_n which_o be_v kill_v or_o destroy_v at_o the_o take_n of_o constantinople_n the_o chief_a seat_n of_o it_o when_o as_o chronologer_n note_v the_o eastern_a empire_n of_o the_o christian_n cease_v and_o come_v into_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o turk_n which_o be_v only_o torment_v by_o the_o saracen_n who_o can_v never_o kill_v it_o by_o take_v its_o imperial_a city_n when_o a_o empire_n in_o the_o account_n of_o prophecy_n be_v at_o a_o end_n see_v before_o on_o verse_n 5._o 583._o 5._o ricciol_n chronol_n reform_v tom._n 1._o pag._n 59_o 60_o 146_o 211._o pocock_n supplem._n ad_fw-la abul-phar_a pag._n 47._o crucii_fw-la turcograec_a pag._n 75._o 107._o leunclav_n histor_n musulm_n pag._n 579._o 583._o 16_o and_o the_o number_n of_o the_o army_n 25_o of_o the_o horseman_n be_v two_o hundred_o thousand_o thousand_o i._n e._n a_o vast_a number_n psalm_n 68.17_o dan._n 7.10_o and_o i_o hear_v 26_o the_o number_n of_o they_o as_o if_o they_o have_v be_v repeat_v out_o of_o a_o musterroll_n 25_o thus_o the_o army_n of_o gog_n and_o magog_n be_v describe_v by_o ezek_n 38_o 4_o 15._o and_o here_o be_v another_o character_n of_o the_o turk_n who_o chief_a strength_n and_o number_n consist_v at_o first_o in_o their_o cavalry_n as_o that_o also_o of_o the_o tartar_n from_o who_o they_o original_o come_v and_o of_o the_o persian_n do_v with_o who_o they_o be_v confound_v and_o be_v call_v by_o their_o name_n in_o history_n after_o they_o have_v conquer_v they_o and_o from_o some_o such_o reason_n perhaps_o as_o this_o be_v the_o horse_n tail_n still_o carry_v before_o their_o chief_a officer_n as_o a_o ensign_n of_o honour_n and_o authority_n in_o memory_n that_o their_o strength_n consist_v chief_o in_o horse_n of_o which_o they_o be_v wont_a to_o bring_v vast_a number_n into_o the_o field_n as_o they_o also_o do_v at_o the_o take_n of_o paris_n of_o laonic._n chalcondyl_n pag._n 202._o ed._n paris_n constantinople_n 26_o when_o a_o thing_n be_v most_o certain_a and_o very_o remarkable_a some_o such_o vehement_a expression_n be_v wont_a to_o be_v use_v in_o this_o prophecy_n 17_o and_o thus_o or_o after_o this_o follow_a manner_n in_o which_o i_o shall_v describe_v they_o i_o see_v the_o horse_n in_o the_o vision_n and_o they_o that_o sit_v on_o they_o have_v 27_o breastplate_n of_o fire_n and_o of_o jacinth_n and_o brimstone_n and_o the_o head_n of_o their_o horse_n be_v as_o the_o head_n of_o lion_n i._n e._n fierce_a and_o terrible_a and_o make_v a_o roar_a noise_n and_o out_o of_o their_o mouth_n issue_v 28_o fire_n and_o smoke_n and_o brimstone_n 27_o that_o be_v breastplate_n of_o armour_n excellent_o polish_v like_o flame_a fire_n which_o will_v cast_v the_o colour_n of_o jacinth_n and_o brimstone_n when_o the_o sun_n shine_v on_o they_o for_o the_o turk_n and_o their_o horse_n be_v perhaps_o at_o first_o in_o polish_a armour_n of_o iron_n which_o be_v of_o a_o violet_n colour_n according_a to_o the_o custom_n of_o the_o 8._o the_o histor._n august_n in_o alex._n sever._n pag._n 1019._o ed._n lugd._n bat._n heliod_n aethiop_n lib._n 8._o persian_n from_o who_o country_n they_o come_v when_o they_o pass_v euphrates_n and_o among_o who_o they_o have_v live_v for_o a_o long_a time_n 28_o this_o be_v a_o plain_a description_n of_o the_o discharge_n of_o gun_n by_o man_n on_o horseback_n when_o the_o smoke_n and_o fire_n of_o the_o gunpowder_n seem_v to_o issue_v out_o of_o their_o horse_n mouth_n and_o the_o smell_n of_o brimstone_n of_o which_o mix_v with_o nitre_n and_o charcoal_n it_o be_v make_v be_v so_o very_o prevalent_a 18_o by_o these_o three_o 29_o be_v the_o three_o part_n of_o man_n kill_v i._n e._n the_o constantinopolian_a empire_n be_v destroy_v by_o the_o fire_n and_o by_o the_o smoke_n and_o by_o the_o brimstone_n which_o issue_v out_o at_o their_o mouth_n when_o the_o rider_n discharge_v their_o gun_n 29_o here_o be_v also_o another_o evident_a character_n for_o the_o holy_a ghost_n represent_v the_o turkish_a army_n by_o those_o warlike_a instrument_n which_o be_v invent_v about_o the_o time_n of_o their_o be_v let_v loose_a upon_o the_o empire_n gun_n be_v find_v out_o a._n d._n 179._o d._n ricciol_n chronol_n reform_v chronic._n pag._n 179._o 1354._o or_o 1380._o at_o further_a and_o bring_v to_o perfection_n about_o 1415_o by_o the_o use_n of_o which_o the_o 485._o the_o leunclav_n hist._n pag._n 296._o 485._o turk_n enlarge_v their_o conquest_n and_o as_o all_o historian_n 9_o historian_n laonic._n chalcondyl_n pag._n 123_o 124_o 202_o 204_o 206._o crusâ—_n turcograec_a pag._n 9_o relate_v take_v constantinople_n the_o prodigious_a great_a cannon_n and_o gun_n which_o they_o use_v at_o that_o siege_n be_v very_o remarkable_a and_o very_o fatal_a 19_o for_o their_o power_n be_v in_o their_o mouth_n verse_n 18._o i_o e._n in_o their_o arm_n and_o in_o their_o tail_n i._n e._n in_o false_a pretence_n to_o prophecy_n verse_n 10._o for_o their_o tail_n be_v like_a unto_o serpent_n i.e._n they_o be_v crafty_a and_o venomous_a and_o have_v head_n with_o mouth_n speak_v great_a thing_n promote_a and_o spread_v their_o false_a doctrine_n and_o with_o they_o i._n e._n their_o 30_o head_a tail_n they_o do_v hurt_v to_o the_o soul_n of_o men._n 30_o they_o have_v two_o head_n like_o the_o serpent_n amphisâ—â—na_n by_o which_o the_o spread_a venom_n of_o their_o poisonous_a religion_n be_v describe_v together_o with_o their_o manner_n of_o propagate_a it_o viz._n by_o
fire_n issue_v out_o of_o their_o mouth_n that_o be_v by_o force_n of_o arm_n and_o by_o their_o tail_n or_o crafty_a pretence_n for_o they_o be_v note_v to_o have_v at_o first_o enter_v europe_n revel_n europe_n lord_n nepeir_n on_o the_o revel_n humane_o although_o they_o proceed_v after_o to_o oppression_n and_o last_o for_o their_o high_a and_o vainglorious_a word_n and_o title_n and_o the_o fair_a pretence_n they_o make_v use_v of_o against_o idolatry_n which_o be_v then_o too_o visible_a and_o predominant_a in_o the_o church_n 20_o and_o the_o rest_n of_o 31_o the_o man_n i._n e._n the_o remain_a part_n of_o the_o empire_n viz._n the_o western_a which_o be_v not_o kill_v i.e._n utter_o destroy_a by_o these_o forego_v plague_n inflict_v by_o the_o saracen_n and_o turk_n yet_o repent_v not_o notwithstanding_o these_o judgement_n which_o be_v design_v by_o god_n for_o that_o end_n of_o the_o work_n of_o their_o hand_n i._n e._n their_o idolatry_n 2_o king_n 22.17_o jerem._n 25.6_o 7._o that_o they_o shall_v not_o worship_v 32_o devil_n i._n e._n daemon_n leu._n 17.7_o and_o idol_n of_o gold_n and_o silver_n and_o brass_n and_o stone_n and_o of_o wood_n which_o neither_o can_v see_v nor_o hear_v nor_o walk_v i._n e._n image_n psalm_n 115_o 4.135_o 15._o 31_o the_o three_o of_o man_n i._n e._n the_o eastern_a empire_n be_v kill_v the_o rest_n of_o man_n must_v signify_v the_o remain_a part_n that_o be_v the_o western_a empire_n which_o be_v usurp_v by_o the_o papal_a antichrist_n whilst_o the_o mahometan_a antichrist_n tyrannize_v in_o the_o eastern_a 32_o by_o daemon_n be_v mean_v spirit_n of_o a_o middle_a nature_n betwixt_o god_n and_o man_n that_o be_v angel_n and_o soul_n depart_v see_v mr._n mede_n on_o the_o place_n and_o his_o apostasy_n of_o the_o latter_a time_n 21_o neither_o repent_v they_o of_o their_o murder_n i._n e._n persecution_n nor_o of_o their_o 33_o sorcery_n i._n e._n wicked_a art_n and_o false_a device_n to_o deceive_v soul_n nahum_n 3.4_o isa_n 47.9_o 12._o nor_o of_o their_o fornication_n or_o unclean_a and_o idolatrous_a doctrine_n and_o practice_n nor_o of_o their_o theft_n i._n e._n cheat_v of_o man_n by_o sanctify_a pretence_n 33_o such_o as_o exorcism_n relic_n anointing_n and_o her_o lie_a sign_n and_o wonder_n together_o with_o all_o her_o bewitch_a and_o intoxicate_v doctrine_n and_o practice_n chap._n x._o 1_o and_o i_o see_v 1_o another_o mighty_a or_o powerful_a psalm_n 103.20_o angel_n i._n e._n 2_o christ_n come_v 3_o down_o from_o heaven_n i._n e._n appear_v upon_o some_o extraordinary_a matter_n clothe_v with_o a_o 4_o cloud_n of_o power_n and_o glory_n chap._n 1.7_o and_o a_o 5_o rainbow_n be_v upon_o his_o he_o do_v to_o show_v his_o mindfulness_n of_o his_o covenant_n notwithstanding_o the_o deluge_n of_o antichristianism_n and_o mahometism_n and_o his_o face_n be_v as_o it_o be_v the_o sun_n i_o e._n the_o manifestation_n of_o himself_o be_v glorious_a chap._n 1.16_o and_o his_o foot_n i._n e._n his_o action_n and_o come_n to_o judgement_n as_o pillar_n of_o fire_n i._n e._n terrible_a chap._n 1.15_o dan._n 10.6_o annotation_n on_o chap._n x._o 1_o and_o therefore_o a_o distinct_a one_o from_o the_o seven_o angel_n with_o trumpet_n 2_o christ_n the_o angel_n of_o the_o covenant_n here_o appear_v for_o to_o he_o might_n or_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d be_v attribute_v chap._n 5.10_o and_o this_o very_a angel_n although_o in_o a_o distinct_a appearance_n chap._n 11.3_o declare_v that_o he_o will_v give_v power_n unto_o his_o two_o witness_n which_o word_n can_v agree_v to_o none_o but_o christ_n as_o well_o as_o the_o follow_a description_n take_v from_o dan._n chap._n 10_o and_o 12._o which_o be_v to_o be_v understand_v of_o he_o 3_o a_o phrase_n frequent_a in_o scripture_n signify_v god_n more_o than_o ordinary_a notice_n of_o the_o action_n of_o man_n and_o that_o he_o be_v about_o to_o say_v or_o do_v some_o extraordinary_a thing_n gen._n 11_o 5.18_o 20_o 21._o exod._n 3.7_o 8._o psal_n 144.5_o isa_n 64.1_o maimonid_v ductor_n dubit_fw-la 1.10_o 4_o a_o white_a bright_a cloud_n answerable_a to_o the_o white_a linen_n dan._n 10_o 5.12_o 6._o 5_o from_o hence_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o this_o angel_n be_v christ_n the_o angel_n of_o the_o covenant_n malac._n 3.1_o who_o appear_v thus_o clothe_v to_o the_o comfort_n of_o his_o servant_n and_o to_o show_v they_o that_o he_o be_v mindful_a of_o his_o promise_n and_o that_o his_o kingdom_n of_o which_o the_o rainbow_n a_o sign_n of_o mercy_n be_v the_o symbol_n shall_v come_v notwithstanding_o he_o have_v permit_v a_o deluge_n of_o antichristianism_n to_o overflow_v the_o church_n and_o mahometism_n to_o prevail_v after_o so_o extraordinary_a a_o manner_n see_v note_n on_o chap._n 4_o 3._o 2_o and_o he_o have_v in_o his_o hand_n a_o little_a 6_o book_n open_v show_v that_o the_o effect_n and_o event_n contain_v in_o it_o be_v now_o ready_a to_o be_v reveal_v and_o fulfil_v and_o he_o set_v his_o right_a foot_n 7_o upon_o the_o sea_n and_o his_o left_a foot_n upon_o the_o earth_n as_o lord_n of_o both_o and_o to_o take_v possession_n of_o they_o psal_n 2_o 8.72_o 8._o dan._n 12.7_o 6_o it_o be_v call_v a_o book_n before_o chap._n 5._o but_o be_v now_o call_v a_o little_a book_n to_o show_v that_o many_o of_o its_o vision_n be_v already_o fulfil_v whereupon_o it_o be_v bulk_n be_v contract_v into_o a_o lesser_a space_n and_o it_o be_v before_o seal_v but_o now_o be_v open_v to_o show_v that_o what_o be_v contain_v in_o it_o be_v at_o the_o present_a to_o have_v some_o notable_a appearance_n and_o effect_n 7_o to_z place_v one_o foot_n upon_o a_o thing_n signify_v dominion_n 60.8_o dominion_n deut._n 11.24_o psalm_n 60.8_o or_o to_o have_v in_o subjection_n as_o it_o be_v under_o one_o foot_n whereupon_o god_n bid_v abraham_n gen._n 13.17_o to_o walk_v through_o the_o land_n and_o thereby_o take_v possession_n of_o it_o now_o christ_n kingdom_n be_v according_a to_o prophecy_n to_o be_v universal_a he_o here_o fix_v his_o foot_n upon_o the_o whole_a terraqueous_a globe_n show_v by_o action_n as_o well_o as_o by_o speech_n in_o the_o three_o verse_n according_a to_o the_o custom_n of_o the_o eastern_a people_n who_o in_o matter_n of_o moment_n join_v both_o that_o his_o kingdom_n be_v not_o only_o from_o sea_n to_o sea_n as_o the_o type_n of_o it_o david_n be_v psal_n 72.8_o but_o that_o all_o the_o world_n the_o sea_n and_o all_o that_o be_v in_o it_o upon_o which_o account_n he_o stand_v upon_o or_o over_o the_o water_n dan._n 12.6_o 7._o be_v his_o possession_n as_o well_o as_o the_o uttermost_a part_n of_o the_o earth_n psal_n 5.8_o so_o that_o by_o this_o action_n be_v signify_v that_o christ_n be_v lord_n of_o all_o of_o sea_n and_o land_n and_o of_o all_o the_o creature_n in_o they_o which_o he_o here_o again_o as_o it_o be_v take_v possession_n of_o his_o kingdom_n have_v be_v interrupt_v chief_o by_o antichristianism_n and_o by_o the_o spread_a of_o mahometism_n which_o yet_o be_v a_o judgement_n upon_o the_o other_o but_o methinks_v it_o be_v worth_a consider_v every_o action_n and_o word_n be_v weighty_a in_o prophecy_n why_o christ_n be_v more_o peculiar_o represent_v as_o upon_o the_o water_n of_o the_o river_n tigris_n dan._n 12.6_o 7_o whilst_o only_o two_o angel_n stand_v on_o each_o side_n of_o its_o bank_n and_o that_o he_o here_o set_v his_o right_a foot_n the_o strong_a and_o the_o more_o honourable_a of_o the_o two_o upon_o the_o sea_n but_o his_o left_a upon_o the_o land_n which_o grotius_n himself_o think_v to_o have_v some_o signification_n who_o suppose_v the_o right_a foot_n to_o signify_v the_o great_a part_n of_o the_o people_n who_o be_v often_o represent_v by_o water_n sea_n river_n in_o this_o book_n we_o be_v therefore_o to_o understand_v that_o by_o the_o sea_n in_o scripture_n be_v mean_v the_o western_a part_n of_o the_o world_n because_o the_o mediterranean_a sea_n be_v the_o western_a 34.6_o western_a numb_a 34.6_o border_n of_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n whereupon_o our_o version_n translate_v what_o be_v to_o the_o sea_n or_o seaward_o in_o the_o original_a to_o the_o west_n and_o westward_o gen._n 12_o 8.28_o 14._o exod._n 10.19_o ezek._n 48.1_o 2._o and_o in_o many_o other_o place_n and_o the_o scripture_n not_o only_o call_v all_o the_o place_n to_o which_o the_o jew_n be_v to_o pass_v by_o sea_n island_n as_o i_o have_v already_o note_v and_o particular_o our_o european_n part_n at_o least_o those_o in_o the_o archipelago_n the_o island_n of_o the_o gentile_n gen._n 10.5_o but_o also_o divide_v the_o whole_a world_n into_o east_n and_o west_n or_o according_a to_o the_o phrase_n of_o their_o language_n into_o land_n and_o sea_n mean_v by_o land_n all_o the_o
continent_n which_o lie_v eastward_o of_o they_o and_o by_o sea_n whatsoever_o lie_v to_o the_o west_n continent_n as_o well_o as_o sea_n which_o way_n of_o speech_n be_v to_o this_o day_n observe_v by_o the_o chinese_n who_o upon_o that_o account_n call_v all_o the_o world_n except_o tartary_n si_fw-mi yam_n or_o the_o western_a sea_n from_o whence_o siam_n a_o country_n in_o the_o indies_n take_v its_o name_n as_o be_v situate_v towards_o the_o sea_n westerly_n of_o china_n and_o therefore_o by_o this_o action_n of_o our_o saviour_n see_v that_o in_o all_o other_o place_n of_o scripture_n the_o earth_n be_v mention_v before_o the_o sea_n may_v be_v intimate_v that_o the_o gospel_n which_o be_v now_o almost_o extinguish_v in_o the_o eastern_a part_n by_o mahometism_n shall_v appear_v first_o in_o its_o purity_n and_o strength_n in_o the_o sea_n or_o the_o western_a part_n of_o the_o world_n signify_v by_o the_o mention_n of_o the_o sea_n in_o the_o first_o place_n and_o by_o christ_n put_n his_o right_a foot_n upon_o it_o the_o strong_a and_o the_o honourable_a of_o the_o two_o which_o come_v to_o pass_v at_o the_o reformation_n foretell_v in_o this_o vision_n as_o shall_v beshew_v hereafter_o and_o that_o there_o sbould_z be_v in_o the_o latter_a day_n which_o doctor_n pocock_n 618._o pocock_n on_o hosea_n 3.5_o pag._n 618._o extend_v from_o christ_n first_o to_z his_o second_o coming_z some_o wonderful_a and_o amaze_a motion_n of_o the_o people_n of_o god_n from_o the_o west_n be_v evident_a from_o hosea_n 11.10_o where_o the_o prophet_n foretell_v that_o the_o lord_n shall_v roar_v like_o a_o lion_n a_o expreson_n which_o very_o remarkable_o answer_v to_o the_o roar_a and_o thunder_a in_o this_o vision_n and_o that_o thereupon_o or_o then_o the_o child_n shall_v tremble_v from_o the_o west_n or_o from_o the_o place_n the_o dr._n pâ—cock_n on_o the_o place_n sea_n as_o the_o word_n in_o the_o hebrew_n signfy_v that_o be_v from_o the_o western_a part_n and_o from_o remote_a and_o distant_a country_n and_o even_o the_o uttermost_a part_n of_o the_o earth_n which_o be_v encompass_v with_o the_o sea_n which_o strange_a motion_n or_o conversion_n be_v to_o come_v to_o pass_v near_o christ_n second_o come_v which_o dr._n pocock_n assert_n to_o be_v a_o receive_a opinion_n as_o to_o the_o jew_n in_o his_o kingdom_n which_o be_v to_o have_v appear_v when_o christ_n set_v his_o right_a foot_n upon_o the_o sea_n if_o the_o thunder_n the_o effect_n of_o the_o lord_n be_v roar_v have_v not_o be_v seal_v that_o be_v if_o a_o stop_n have_v not_o be_v put_v to_o the_o efficacy_n of_o they_o for_o christ_n kingdom_n when_o it_o come_v in_o its_o full_a force_n will_v prevail_v to_o the_o place_n of_o the_o jew_n in_o their_o house_n verse_n 11._o and_o to_o the_o bring_n in_o the_o fullness_n and_o perfection_n of_o the_o gentile_n 3_o and_o cry_v with_o a_o loud_a voice_n i._n e._n proclaim_v his_o right_n as_o when_o a_o lion_n 8_o roar_v i._n e._n terrible_o and_o with_o majesty_n isa_n 31.4_o amos_n 3.8_o joel_n 3.16_o prov._n 20.2_o and_o when_o he_o have_v cry_v seven_o thunder_n 9_o utter_v their_o voice_n declare_v the_o appearance_n of_o his_o kingdom_n 8_o christ_n call_v the_o lion_n of_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n rev._n 5.5_o be_v here_o understand_v who_o roar_v denote_v as_o dr._n pocock_n have_v show_v upon_o hos_n 11.10_o the_o efficacious_a power_n of_o the_o preach_n of_o the_o gospel_n resemble_v to_o the_o voice_n of_o a_o lion_n because_o of_o its_o call_a christian_n together_o to_o partake_v of_o it_o and_o its_o promise_n as_o the_o lion_n do_v those_o of_o its_o own_o kind_n to_o partake_v of_o the_o prey_n and_o because_o it_o be_v accompany_v with_o a_o terror_n and_o a_o awe_n and_o extend_v itself_o to_o the_o uttermost_a part_n of_o the_o earth_n with_o great_a power_n as_o the_o voice_n of_o a_o lion_n be_v terrible_a and_o loud_o and_o hereby_o also_o as_o appear_v from_o the_o text_n i_o have_v quote_v be_v signify_v the_o anger_n of_o god_n when_o he_o appear_v for_o the_o vindication_n of_o his_o kingdom_n against_o the_o enemy_n of_o it_o 9_o thunder_n as_o i_o have_v before_o show_v on_o chap._n 6_o 1.8_o 5._o signify_v the_o power_n and_o efficacy_n and_o signal_n appearance_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n which_o seven_o the_o number_n of_o perfection_n peculiar_o denote_v and_o which_o hannah_n prophesy_v will_v be_v exalt_v by_o the_o lord_n thunder_a out_o of_o heaven_n 1_o sam._n 2.10_o 4_o and_o when_o the_o seven_o thunder_n have_v utter_v their_o voice_n i_o be_v about_o to_o write_v that_o which_o they_o have_v utter_v and_o i_o hear_v a_o voice_n from_o heaven_n say_v unto_o i_o 10_o seal_v up_o those_o thing_n which_o the_o seven_o thunder_n utter_v and_o write_v they_o not_o i._n e._n conceal_v they_o as_o thing_n which_o be_v to_o come_v to_o pass_v hereafter_o and_o hinder_v they_o from_o come_v immediate_o into_o effect_n dan._n 8_o 26.12_o 4_o 9_o 10_o here_o seal_v and_o write_v be_v plain_o oppose_v write_v signify_v the_o bring_n of_o the_o vision_n into_o effect_n and_o seal_v the_o delay_n of_o the_o acccmplishment_n of_o it_o as_o i_o have_v show_v on_o chap._n 5.1_o so_o that_o here_o be_v a_o plain_a stop_n put_v to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n insomuch_o that_o his_o roar_v do_v not_o prevail_v to_o make_v the_o child_n come_v tremble_v from_o the_o west_n 5_o and_o the_o angel_n which_o i_o see_v stand_v upon_o the_o sea_n and_o upon_o the_o earth_n lift_v up_o his_o hand_n to_o heaven_n the_o throne_n of_o god_n in_o the_o posture_n and_o manner_n of_o swear_v gen._n 14.22_o dan._n 12.7_o 6_o and_o swear_v by_o he_o that_o live_v for_o ever_o and_o ever_o who_o create_v heaven_n and_o the_o thing_n that_o therein_o be_v and_o the_o sea_n and_o the_o thing_n which_o be_v therein_o i._n e._n by_o the_o eternal_a omnipotent_a god_n who_o create_v all_o thing_n and_o therefore_o can_v alter_v they_o and_o their_o time_n and_o season_n that_o there_o shall_v be_v such_o time_n 11_o no_o long_a as_o that_o which_o the_o prophet_n daniel_n foretell_v chap._n 7_o 25.12_o 7._o 11_o time_n in_o general_n here_o call_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d be_v divide_v by_o daniel_n into_o several_a distinct_a 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d that_o be_v appoint_a time_n or_o season_n which_o he_o call_v time_n time_n and_o the_o divide_v of_o time_n or_o a_o part_n that_o be_v a_o half_a of_o time_n which_o distribution_n be_v also_o use_v in_o this_o book_n chap._n 12.14_o by_o time_n be_v mean_v in_o daniel_n the_o most_o signal_n and_o perfect_a part_n of_o the_o appoint_a time_n and_o season_n viz._n a_o year_n as_o appear_v from_o dan._n 4.16_o and_o 11.13_o where_o time_n plain_o signify_v year_n by_o time_n absolute_o put_v must_v be_v mean_v two_o time_n or_o two_o year_n because_o it_o be_v the_o dual_a number_n i._n e._n the_o next_o plural_a number_n to_o time_n or_o one_o year_n and_o then_o by_o consequence_n by_o the_o division_n or_o cut_v off_o or_o half_a of_o time_n must_v be_v mean_v half_o a_o year_n as_o i_o think_v all_o interpreter_n agree_v now_o the_o prophetical_a day_n be_v put_v for_o a_o year_n in_o scripture_n the_o prophetical_a year_n must_v by_o consequence_n be_v put_v for_o a_o year_n of_o prophetical_a day_n that_o be_v a_o year_n of_o year_n consist_v of_o as_o many_o year_n as_o a_o year_n do_v of_o day_n viz._n of_o three_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o year_n in_o round_a and_o equal_a number_n according_a to_o the_o degree_n of_o a_o circle_n and_o then_o 1260._o then_o 360_o a_o time_n 720_o time_n 180_o half_o a_o time_n 1260._o time_n must_v be_v two_o year_n of_o year_n i.e._n seven_o hundred_o and_o twenty_o year_n and_o the_o half_a time_n must_v be_v half_a a_o year_n of_o year_n that_o be_v one_o hundred_o and_o eighty_o year_n all_o which_o amount_v to_o twelve_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o year_n rev._n 11_o 3.12_o 6._o now_o christ_n oath_n here_o have_v a_o clear_a reference_n to_o daniel_n 12.7_o by_o no_o more_o time_n must_v be_v mean_v no_o more_o such_o time_n or_o of_o the_o same_o nature_n with_o the_o time_n there_o give_v to_o antichrist_n which_o be_v to_o cease_v and_o no_o more_o time_n to_o be_v except_o when_o christ_n kingdom_n appear_v which_o be_v the_o import_n of_o the_o follow_a verse_n when_o there_o shall_v be_v time_n indeed_o but_o of_o a_o quite_o different_a nature_n date_v and_o reckon_v from_o the_o glorious_a reign_n of_o christ_n and_o not_o from_o the_o abomination_n and_o servitude_n of_o antichrist_n and_o end_v in_o that_o which_o be_v not_o so_o proper_o time_n as_o the_o completion_n and_o perfection_n of_o it_o eternity_n for_o
observe_v one_o of_o the_o most_o illustrious_a event_n which_o have_v come_v to_o pass_v and_o not_o to_o be_v parallel_v since_o the_o apostle_n time_n which_o none_o can_v think_v of_o without_o astonishment_n and_o the_o utmost_a degree_n of_o admiration_n and_o wonder_n there_o be_v in_o it_o great_a discovery_n make_v of_o god_n almighty_a power_n and_o admirable_a counsel_n which_o be_v design_v as_o the_o creation_n and_o all_o his_o providential_a work_n be_v chief_o with_o reference_n to_o his_o son_n kingdom_n he_o have_v be_v please_v to_o give_v we_o visible_a mark_n and_o character_n of_o it_o in_o the_o reformation_n such_o as_o be_v 1._o the_o agreement_n and_o consent_n which_o there_o be_v in_o the_o substantial_o of_o doctrine_n at_o first_o betwixt_o the_o reformer_n unity_n 4._o unity_n john_n 17_o 11-23_a eph._n 4.3_o 4._o in_o truth_n be_v a_o mark_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n and_o one_o of_o the_o most_o powerful_a external_a mean_n to_o convert_v the_o world_n for_o this_o great_a work_n be_v begin_v about_o the_o same_o time_n in_o two_o distant_a place_n by_o luther_n in_o germany_n and_o by_o zuinglius_fw-la at_o zurich_n and_o although_o they_o hold_v no_o communication_n with_o one_o another_o zuinglius_fw-la on_o purpose_n abstain_v from_o read_v of_o luther_n book_n when_o they_o begin_v to_o be_v common_a among_o they_o yet_o they_o differ_v in_o no_o doctrine_n of_o any_o very_a considerable_a moment_n as_o the_o french_a historian_n 946._o historian_n pag._n 946._o mezeray_n confess_v concern_v the_o protestant_n in_o general_a but_o in_o that_o of_o the_o sacrament_n where_o also_o their_o difference_n be_v not_o so_o great_a but_o that_o they_o both_o anglic._n both_o sleidan_n pag._n 97_o 121_o 159._o edit_n anglic._n agree_v in_o the_o substance_n of_o the_o article_n that_o christ_n body_n be_v take_v spiritual_o with_o the_o heart_n and_o not_o corporal_o with_o the_o mouth_n and_o resolve_v at_o a_o conference_n they_o have_v about_o it_o to_o refrain_v from_o all_o contention_n concern_v the_o manner_n how_o christ_n be_v present_a in_o the_o sacrament_n whereby_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v that_o the_o people_n among_o who_o luther_n be_v write_n be_v at_o last_o common_a by_o hear_v and_o read_v of_o they_o do_v see_v the_o same_o spirit_n in_o both_o of_o they_o according_a to_o the_o scripture_n and_o do_v submit_v the_o more_o willing_o to_o the_o truth_n although_o it_o seem_v something_o new_a to_o they_o which_o be_v zuinglius_n design_n in_o abstain_v from_o read_v of_o luther_n book_n as_o 28._o as_o melchior_n adam_n vita_fw-la zuingl_n pag._n 28._o melchior_n adamus_n particular_o testify_v in_o his_o life_n 2._o the_o reformation_n begin_v on_o a_o sudden_a with_o a_o surprise_n and_o at_o unaware_o when_o man_n be_v most_o secure_a and_o be_v the_o least_o prepare_v for_o it_o which_o be_v the_o sign_n of_o the_o come_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n in_o scripture_n matth._n 24_o 36-51_a 1_o thes_n 5.3_o for_o leo_n â—_o leo_n father_n paul_n history_n of_o the_o council_n of_o trent_n pag._n 4_o 5.9_o fascicul_n rerum_fw-la expetend_v passim_fw-la bishop_n of_o meauxe_n history_n of_o variat_fw-la pag._n 1_o â—_o the_o ten_o be_v then_o pope_n a_o most_o voluptuous_a libertine_n as_o loose_v in_o his_o religion_n as_o his_o manner_n who_o example_n also_o be_v follow_v by_o almost_o the_o whole_a clergy_n who_o be_v then_o as_o the_o popish_a writer_n of_o those_o time_n unanimous_o confess_v very_o ignorant_a and_o very_o vicious_a and_o the_o church_n also_o be_v then_o at_o ease_n and_o quiet_a the_o schism_n as_o father_n paul_n speak_v be_v absolute_o extinguish_v and_o no_o considerable_a adversary_n appear_v when_o all_o on_o a_o sudden_a whilst_o the_o pope_n be_v at_o rest_n in_o his_o house_n and_o flourish_v in_o his_o palace_n dissolve_v in_o ease_n and_o luxury_n the_o reformation_n break_v out_o to_o his_o great_a astonishment_n and_o disquiet_n at_o a_o unexpected_a time_n and_o by_o a_o accident_n very_o observable_a his_o factor_n be_v then_o busy_a in_o sell_v indulgence_n to_o supply_v his_o excessive_a prodigality_n and_o to_o raise_v a_o portion_n for_o his_o sister_n all_o which_o come_v to_o pass_v according_a to_o what_o the_o scripture_n have_v assure_v we_o that_o when_o man_n say_v peace_n and_o safety_n then_o sudden_a destruction_n come_v upon_o they_o and_o that_o the_o come_n of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n shall_v be_v when_o man_n be_v eat_v and_o drink_v marry_v and_o give_v in_o marriage_n and_o so_o be_v it_o at_o this_o his_o remarkable_a come_n 3._o the_o reformation_n proceed_v from_o small_a beginning_n and_o yet_o make_v a_o wonderful_a progress_n in_o a_o short_a time_n notwithstanding_o the_o most_o powerful_a endeavour_n to_o the_o contrary_a be_v sometime_o carry_v on_o by_o man_n who_o design_v nothing_o less_o and_o by_o mean_n and_o to_o end_v unthought_a of_o even_o by_o those_o who_o begin_v it_o which_o be_v plain_a character_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o heaven_n in_o 27._o in_o matth._n 13._o mark_v 4.26_o 27._o scripture_n which_o be_v liken_v to_o a_o grain_n of_o mustardseed_n the_o least_o of_o all_o seed_n which_o yet_o when_o it_o be_v grow_v up_o be_v the_o great_a of_o all_o herb_n and_o to_o seed_n sow_o in_o the_o ground_n which_o spring_v and_o grow_v up_o and_o yet_o the_o sour_a himself_o know_v not_o how_o for_o 31._o for_o father_n paul_n hist_n of_o counc_fw-la of_o trent_n pag._n 6-12_a 15_o 17._o 71._o sleidan_n in_o prefat_n &_o pag._n 31._o luther_n be_v a_o person_n of_o no_o great_a fame_n or_o interest_n who_o design_v at_o first_o only_o to_o preach_v against_o the_o scandalous_a abuse_n of_o indulgence_n and_o be_v carry_v on_o contrary_a to_o his_o expectation_n from_o one_o controversy_n to_o another_o and_o against_o his_o first_o inclination_n and_o resolution_n chief_o by_o the_o forward_a opposition_n of_o his_o adversary_n he_o have_v often_o profess_v that_o he_o be_v ready_a to_o let_v the_o cause_n fall_v if_o his_o enemy_n will_v but_o permit_v he_o and_o if_o some_o few_o 255._o few_o father_n paul_n hist_n pag._n 20-23_a bishop_n burnet_n histor_n reform_v part_n 1._o pag._n 255._o thing_n have_v be_v at_o first_o grant_v which_o pope_n hadrian_n be_v inclinable_a to_o but_o be_v divert_v from_o his_o purpose_n by_o other_o it_o be_v general_o think_v that_o a_o stop_n have_v be_v put_v to_o the_o reformation_n but_o god_n order_v thing_n otherwise_o make_v the_o sin_n of_o man_n subservient_fw-fr to_o his_o will_n as_o be_v apparent_a from_o the_o action_n of_o henry_n the_o eight_o who_o intend_v 92._o intend_v fox_n rook_n of_o martyr_n vol._n 2._o pag._n 273._o vol._n 3._o pag._n 92._o nothing_o less_o at_o first_o than_o the_o throw_n of_o the_o pope_n power_n and_o seem_v in_o all_o his_o action_n to_o be_v lead_v on_o by_o providential_a circumstance_n to_o do_v that_o which_o he_o least_o design_v but_o as_o its_o beginning_n be_v mean_a and_o contemptible_a so_o be_v its_o progress_n 421._o progress_n sleidan_n 133._o 160._o basnage_n histoir_fw-fr de_fw-fr la_fw-fr religion_n pag._n 421._o wonderful_a for_o by_o the_o year_n 1532._o seven_o prince_n and_o twenty_o four_o city_n have_v receive_v luther_n doctrine_n and_o as_o erasmus_n tell_v we_o it_o have_v spread_v all_o over_o germany_n and_o have_v stretch_v itself_o from_o the_o ocean_n as_o far_o as_o switzerland_n neither_o do_v it_o contain_v itself_o only_o within_o germany_n but_o the_o sound_n of_o it_o reach_v sweden_n and_o denmark_n the_o former_a receive_v the_o reformation_n a.d._n 1525._o the_o latter_a a._n d._n 1537._o and_o its_o progress_n be_v so_o sudden_a and_o so_o swift_a rouse_a the_o whole_a world_n as_o erasmus_n speak_v of_o it_o out_o of_o its_o lethargy_n that_o i_o can_v never_o think_v of_o it_o without_o reflect_v upon_o the_o question_n make_v by_o our_o honest_a martyrologist_n john_n 80._o john_n vol._n 2._o pag._n 80._o fox_n viz._n how_o it_o shall_v come_v to_o pass_v that_o although_o the_o romish_a bishop_n have_v have_v great_a enemy_n and_o gainsayer_n continual_o from_o time_n to_o time_n both_o speak_v and_o work_v preach_v and_o write_v against_o he_o yet_o notwithstanding_o never_o any_o can_v prevail_v before_o the_o come_n of_o luther_n to_o which_o weighty_a question_n although_o he_o give_v there_o several_a good_a conjectural_a resolution_n as_o he_o call_v they_o yet_o the_o chief_a reason_n be_v to_o be_v assign_v to_o the_o thunder_n and_o voice_n which_o be_v then_o utter_v and_o to_o the_o wonderful_a efficacy_n which_o prophetical_a time_n and_o season_n have_v upon_o the_o affair_n of_o christ_n church_n it_o be_v necessary_a as_o father_n 4._o father_n history_n pag._n 4._o paul_n judicious_o observe_v upon_o this_o very_a occasion_n for_o the_o effect_n of_o any_o thing_n that_o the_o time_n come_v
the_o mystical_a signification_n of_o what_o be_v deliver_v in_o the_o law_n of_o moses_n with_o relation_n to_o the_o sanctuary_n god_n worship_n and_o his_o priest_n particular_o exodus_fw-la 28_o 29_o 30_o chapter_n leviticus_n 10_o 8-11_a and_o chapter_n 21_o and_o 22._o ezekiel_n 42_o 13_o 14.44_o 8-31_a much_o of_o ezekiel_n from_o chapter_n 40_o to_o the_o end_n matth._n 18_o 15-20_a 19_o 17.20_o 24-29_a 23_o 6-12_a and_o grotius_n on_o those_o place_n john_n 15_o 27.17_o â—0-23_a act_n 1_o 13-26_a 2_o 37-47_a 3_o 1.4_o 31-37_a 5_o 1-14_a 41_o 42.6_o 1-8_a 8_o 2.9_o 39.12_o 5.13_o 2_o 3_o 15.14.22_o 23_o 27._o chapter_n 15.16_o 2_o 4_o 5_o 25.20_o 7_o 11_o 27-36_a roman_n from_o chapter_n 12_o to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o epistle_n first_o epistle_n to_o the_o corinthian_n from_o the_o first_o chapter_n to_o the_o 15_o and_o chapter_n 16._o must_v part_v of_o the_o second_o epistle_n to_o the_o corinthian_n galatian_n 2_o and_o 6._o ephesian_n 2_o 19-22_a chapter_n four_o 5_o and_o 6_o the_o epistle_n to_o the_o philipppians_n the_o great_a part_n of_o the_o epistle_n to_o the_o colossian_n tbessalonians_n timothy_n and_o titus_n hebrew_n 5_o 12-14_a and_o chapter_n 6.1_o 2.12_o 14-29_a and_o chapter_n 13_o the_o generality_n of_o the_o epistle_n of_o james_n 1_o peter_n 2d_o chapter_n to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o epistle_n 2_o peter_z 1_o 3-21_a and_o chapter_n 2d_o and_o 3d_o most_o of_o the_o epistle_n of_o john_n and_o christ_n letter_n to_o the_o seven_o church_n which_o place_n diligent_o compare_v with_o what_o be_v prophesy_v of_o christ_n kingdom_n in_o the_o prophet_n and_o the_o three_o last_o chapter_n of_o the_o revelation_n will_v furnish_v a_o man_n with_o a_o exact_a idea_n of_o the_o church_n as_o it_o be_v design_v by_o christ_n with_o respect_n to_o faith_n discipline_n and_o manner_n scripture_n which_o treat_v of_o matter_n relate_v to_o church-affair_n and_o then_o to_o compare_v the_o state_n of_o the_o church_n now_o in_o be_v with_o what_o god_n require_v in_o a_o pure_a church_n and_o i_o be_o confident_a they_o will_v abate_v much_o of_o a_o too_o fond_a dotage_n upon_o any_o particular_a constitution_n or_o church-state_n that_o be_v now_o in_o the_o world_n of_o which_o opinion_n also_o be_v the_o honest_a and_o the_o judicious_a of_o all_o party_n when_o some_o happy_a conjuncture_n force_v they_o upon_o cool_a thought_n and_o peaceable_a consideration_n which_o yet_o do_v not_o meet_v with_o their_o desire_a success_n but_o in_o god_n own_o time_n and_o season_n which_o be_v remarkable_o evident_a in_o the_o reformation_n of_o the_o church_n of_o england_n which_o although_o begin_v by_o very_o good_a and_o great_a man_n and_o carry_v on_o often_o very_o vigorous_o and_o successful_o yet_o have_v not_o be_v able_a to_o arrive_v to_o those_o degree_n of_o perfection_n which_o even_o the_o first_o reformer_n who_o plant_v it_o and_o water_v it_o with_o their_o blood_n ecclesiastic_a blood_n reformatio_fw-la legum_n ecclesiastic_a design_v and_o care_n and_o preface_n to_o the_o comminat_fw-la fox_n book_n of_o martyr_n edit_n ult_n vol_n 3._o page_n 67_o 105_o 107_o 120_o 121_o 137_o 362_o 374_o 385_o 400_o 403_o 411_o 412_o 427_o 442_o 537._o bishop_n burnet_n history_n of_o the_o reformation_n edit_n secunda_fw-la tom_n 1_o praefat._n pag._n 147_o 148_o 189_o 262_o 300_o 303_o 315_o 364._o in_o the_o collect._n pag._n 160_o 178_o 182._o praefat._n ad_fw-la vol._n secund_a and_o page_n 44_o 59_o 67_o 71_o 72_o 73_o 75_o 79_o 80_o 95_o 96_o 101_o 104._o ad_fw-la 110_o 112_o 141_o 145_o 152_o 153_o 154_o 155_o 156_o 182_o 189_o 190_o 191_o 196._o ad_fw-la 202_o 218_o 219_o 304_o 339_o 376_o 377_o 387_o 390_o 394_o 395_o 396_o 397_o 398_o 399_o 406_o 407_o 420._o camdeni_n elizab._n ed._n amstelod_n pag._n 26_o in_o praefat._n 391_o 392._o sir_n simon_n de_fw-fr ewes's_fw-fr journal_n pag._n 156-158_a 161_o 166_o 167_o 177_o 184_o 257_o 302_o 303_o 329_o 357-360_a 557_o 639._o bishop_n stillingfleet_n preface_n to_o his_o vnreasonableness_n of_o separation_n the_o discourse_n write_v late_o about_o the_o ecclesiastical_a commission_n and_o the_o convocation_n a_o paper_n entitle_v grievance_n of_o the_o church_n of_o england_n suppose_v to_o be_v write_v by_o archbishop_n sancroft_n letter_n of_o the_o english_a reformer_n in_o the_o library_n of_o switzerland_n and_z bishop_n burnet_n excellent_a discourse_n of_o the_o pastoral_n care_n wish_v for_o but_o what_o through_o the_o inconstant_a humour_n of_o a_o vain_a and_o a_o cruel_a prince_n under_o who_o it_o begin_v the_o avarice_n and_o dissension_n of_o the_o chief_a minister_n of_o rhe_n court_n of_o king_n edward_n the_o six_o the_o short_a reign_n of_o that_o prince_n the_o contrary_a turn_n of_o affair_n in_o q._n mary_n day_n and_o the_o invincible_a prejudices_fw-la of_o that_o great_a princess_n q._n elizabeth_n under_o who_o it_o be_v settle_v who_o be_v against_o alteration_n in_o the_o church_n the_o glorious_a work_n do_v not_o receive_v the_o last_o and_o finish_v hand_n of_o its_o master-builder_n but_o have_v ever_o since_o be_v hinder_v and_o retard_v by_o several_a strange_a occurrence_n but_o chief_o by_o the_o contrary_a struggle_n of_o two_o party_n ever_o since_o the_o difference_n at_o frankford_n whereby_o through_o mutual_a animosity_n and_o immoderate_a opposition_n the_o chief_a obstacle_n to_o all_o noble_a and_o peaceable_a design_n thing_n have_v sometime_o rather_o go_v back_o than_o forward_o so_o that_o there_o be_v little_a hope_n of_o go_v on_o unto_o perfection_n until_o the_o time_n of_o restitution_n begin_v to_o appear_v and_o god_n shall_v be_v please_v to_o dispose_v the_o mind_n of_o man_n by_o his_o overrule_a providence_n to_o so_o necessary_a and_o so_o glorious_a a_o undertake_n 8_o and_o the_o voice_n which_o i_o hear_v from_o heaven_n verse_n 4._o speak_v unto_o i_o again_o and_o say_v go_v and_o take_v the_o little_a book_n which_o be_v open_a in_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o angel_n which_o stand_v or_o stand_v upon_o the_o sea_n and_o upon_o the_o earth_n 9_o and_o i_o go_v unto_o the_o angel_n and_o say_v unto_o he_o give_v i_o the_o little_a book_n and_o he_o say_v unto_o i_o take_v it_o and_o eat_v 14_o it_o up_o i._n e._n commit_v it_o to_o memory_n and_o keep_v it_o secret_a as_o yet_o dan._n 7_o 28.12_o 4_o 9_o ezek._n 2_o 8.3_o 1-10_a and_o it_o shall_v make_v thy_o belly_n bitter_a because_o what_o be_v contain_v in_o it_o must_v be_v delay_v for_o a_o long_a time_n dan._n 8.26_o 27.10_o 14-16_a but_o it_o shall_v be_v in_o thy_o mouth_n when_o thou_o prophesie_v again_o verse_n 11._o sweet_a as_o honey_n as_o contain_v the_o sweet_a and_o glad_a tiding_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n psalm_n 19_o 10.119_o 103._o jerem._n 15.16_o ezek._n 3.3_o 14_o to_o eat_v signify_v to_o meditate_v and_o digest_v divine_a truth_n as_o appear_v from_o our_o saviour_n discourse_n john_n 6._o and_o withal_o to_o keep_v they_o close_o and_o secret_a as_o mary_n do_v luke_n 2.19_o 51_o the_o belly_n denote_v in_o scripture_n the_o most_o secret_a thought_n and_o cogitation_n of_o a_o man._n by_o which_o be_v signify_v that_o christ_n kingdom_n which_o have_v appear_v but_o for_o a_o short_a time_n only_o so_o long_o as_o to_o be_v just_o see_v open_a and_o whilst_o the_o book_n can_v be_v take_v into_o his_o hand_n and_o mouth_n shall_v soon_o have_v a_o stop_v put_v to_o it_o and_o thereby_o create_v much_o sorrow_n to_o all_o the_o true_a servant_n of_o god_n but_o that_o it_o shall_v again_o appear_v signify_v by_o be_v again_o in_o his_o mouth_n after_o it_o have_v be_v in_o his_o belly_n in_o its_o glory_n to_o the_o joy_n and_o comfort_n of_o they_o 10_o and_o i_o take_v the_o little_a book_n out_o of_o the_o angel_n hand_n and_o eat_v it_o up_o and_o it_o be_v in_o my_o mouth_n sweet_a as_o honey_n and_o as_o soon_o as_o i_o have_v eat_v it_o my_o belly_n be_v bitter_a i._n e._n i_o be_v real_o affect_v after_o the_o manner_n the_o angel_n have_v foretell_v 11_o and_o he_o i._n e._n the_o angel_n say_v unto_o i_o thou_o must_v 15_o prophesy_v again_o i._n e._n foretell_v the_o come_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n chap._n 11.3_o before_o of_n or_o against_o many_o 16_o people_n and_o nation_n and_o tongue_n and_o king_n i._n e._n before_o the_o people_n and_o ruler_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o antichrist_n 15_o to_o prophesy_v as_o be_v show_v on_o chap._n 11.3_o be_v to_o foretell_v the_o come_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n which_o it_o be_v say_v here_o john_n shall_v do_v because_o he_o be_v to_o deliver_v more_o prophecy_n concern_v it_o and_o because_o it_o be_v to_o be_v actual_o perform_v by_o the_o witness_n represent_v by_o john_n as_o the_o people_n of_o israel_n of_o old_a be_v by_o the_o prophet_n who_o be_v
sometime_o type_n of_o they_o and_o from_o these_o word_n we_o may_v observe_v 1._o that_o the_o witness_n represent_v in_o and_o by_o john_n have_v already_o prophesy_v and_o be_v still_o to_o prophesy_v and_o 2._o that_o the_o spirit_n have_v here_o give_v by_o the_o mention_v of_o his_o prophesy_v again_o a_o apt_a transition_n to_o what_o be_v to_o be_v deliver_v concern_v the_o witness_n in_o the_o follow_a chapter_n who_o be_v to_o prophesy_v in_o sackcloth_n and_o 3._o that_o the_o reformation_n represent_v in_o this_o chapter_n be_v a_o appearance_n or_o prophetical_a representation_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n although_o very_o imperfect_a because_o it_o be_v say_v that_o john_n be_v to_o prophesy_v again_o whereby_o be_v intimate_v that_o he_o have_v prophesy_v just_a before_o and_o that_o the_o kingdom_n be_v under_o a_o delay_n and_o so_o consequent_o in_o prophecy_n and_o not_o fullfil_v 16_o by_o this_o phrase_n the_o subject_n of_o the_o babylonian_a kingdom_n be_v describe_v in_o 1._o in_o chap._n 2_o 37.4_o 1._o daniel_n which_o be_v a_o emblem_n of_o the_o antichristian_a chap._n xi_o the_o text._n 1_o and_o there_o be_v give_v unto_o i_o by_o the_o angel_n a_o reed_n like_o unto_o a_o measure_v rod_n i._n e._n a_o perch_n or_o pole_n make_v of_o a_o reed_n ezek._n 40.3_o and_o the_o angel_n i._n e._n christ_n chap_v 10.1_o 5._o 1_o stand_v near_o or_o before_o i_o and_o present_v himself_o unto_o i_o say_v rise_v 2_o i._n e._n use_v all_o possible_a exactness_n and_o diligence_n for_o it_o be_v a_o thing_n worthy_a of_o it_o ezek._n 40.4_o and_o 3_o measure_n i._n e._n enclose_v and_o secure_a for_o the_o peculiar_a lot_n and_o inheritance_n of_o god_n the_o temple_n 4_o of_o god_n i._n e._n the_o pure_a church_n of_o god_n and_o the_o altar_n 5_o i._n e._n the_o pure_a worship_n of_o god_n and_o they_o that_o worship_n therein_o 6_o in_o secret_n and_o under_o the_o divine_a security_n and_o protection_n annotation_n on_o chap._n xi_o 1_o he_o be_v not_o represent_v as_o stand_v upon_o the_o sea_n as_o before_o chap._n 10._o and_o therefore_o perhaps_o he_o may_v stand_v as_o he_o do_v in_o the_o place_n of_o ezekiel_n here_o allude_v to_o chap._n 40.3_o in_o the_o gate_n of_o the_o temple_n or_o rather_o at_o the_o altar_n of_o incense_n as_o a_o angel_n be_v represent_v stand_v in_o a_o vision_n which_o synchronizes_n witâ—_n this_o chap._n 8.3_o and_o it_o be_v the_o opinion_n of_o a_o worthy_a person_n that_o the_o angel_n in_o both_o vision_n be_v christ_n who_o be_v here_o say_v to_o have_v stand_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d have_v stand_v viz._n in_o that_o former_a vision_n contemporary_a with_o this_o with_o the_o incense_n of_o his_o name_n and_o intercession_n and_o have_v then_o command_v whilst_o he_o be_v at_o the_o altar_n that_o the_o temple_n shall_v be_v measure_v and_o the_o worshipper_n secure_v which_o answer_n to_o the_o hundred_o forty_o and_o four_o thousand_o who_o be_v seal_v about_o the_o same_o time_n chap_n 7._o 2_o so_o the_o word_n signify_v gen._n 31.17_o josh_n 1.2_o luke_n 1.39_o and_o in_o several_a other_o place_n of_o scripture_n with_o which_o sense_n of_o the_o word_n the_o vehement_a charge_n give_v by_o this_o angel_n to_o ezekiel_n on_o the_o like_a account_n be_v very_o agreeable_a ezek._n 40.4_o 3_o israel_n be_v call_v in_o scripture_n deut._n 32.9_o psalm_n 16.5_o 6.74_o 2._o jerem._n 10.16_o the_o reed_n the_o line_n and_o cord_n of_o god_n inheritance_n from_o the_o manner_n of_o divide_v land_n among_o they_o and_o to_o measure_v signify_v to_o make_v a_o allottment_n of_o a_o particular_a possession_n and_o to_o enclose_v and_o secure_v it_o while_o other_o lie_v neglect_v and_o in_o common_a thus_o the_o temple_n be_v measure_v ezek._n 40._o and_o the_o land_n of_o israel_n ezek._n 47.18_o and_o jerusalem_n zach._n 2._o and_o to_o leave_v out_o i.e._n of_o the_o enclosement_n and_o to_o measure_v not_o be_v of_o the_o same_o import_n in_o the_o follow_a verse_n 4_o the_o viel_fw-ge the_o see_v middoth_n ex_fw-la edit_fw-la l'_n emper._n pag._n 190._o maimonid_n de_fw-fr aedific_n templi_fw-la per_fw-la viel_fw-ge temple_n proper_o so_o call_v as_o distinguish_v from_o its_o outward_a court_n and_o apartment_n consist_v of_o the_o sanctuary_n or_o holy_a place_n call_v also_o more_o peculiarly_a the_o temple_n and_o of_o the_o holy_a of_o holies_n by_o which_o the_o pure_a and_o holy_a church_n of_o god_n be_v signify_v of_o which_o the_o temple_n be_v a_o type_n 5_o by_o the_o altar_n be_v here_o to_o be_v understand_v the_o altar_n of_o incense_n call_v sometime_o simple_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d as_o dr._n hammond_n confess_v on_o rev._n 6.9_o because_o that_o only_o stand_v within_o the_o temple_n or_o holy_a place_n the_o other_o altar_n for_o burn_a offering_n be_v place_v before_o the_o porch_n in_o the_o inner_a court_n of_o the_o lord_n house_n and_o hereby_o prayer_n of_o which_o incense_n be_v a_o emblemâ—_n and_o the_o pure_a worship_n of_o god_n be_v denote_v the_o altar_n of_o incense_n as_o dr._n hammond_n have_v note_v on_o matth._n 23.35_o from_o philo_n be_v to_o be_v see_v by_o no_o other_o but_o only_o by_o the_o priest_n that_o be_v clean._n 6_o that_o be_v in_o the_o place_n where_o the_o altar_n stand_v just_a before_o the_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o temple_n strict_o so_o call_v which_o be_v most_o proper_o the_o space_n betwixt_o the_o table_n and_o the_o candlestick_n although_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d may_v very_o well_o here_o be_v refer_v to_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o temple_n now_o the_o temple_n be_v cover_v whereas_o the_o court_n be_v open_a and_o secure_v with_o gate_n veil_n and_o high-wall_n from_o the_o sight_n and_o approach_v of_o the_o people_n hereby_o be_v very_o apposite_o signify_v the_o secret_a and_o retire_a member_n of_o christ_n church_n secure_v by_o god_n during_o the_o time_n of_o the_o apostasy_n who_o be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o seal_a one_o before_o mention_v chap._n 7._o whereupon_o the_o temple_n when_o god_n pure_a worship_n be_v restore_v be_v represent_v as_o open_v whereby_o it_o also_o appear_v that_o to_o measure_n and_o to_o open_v be_v opposite_a and_o that_o it_o signify_v retiredness_n and_o concealment_n for_o the_o description_n of_o the_o temple_n and_o the_o further_a meaning_n of_o these_o and_o the_o follow_a passage_n see_v beside_o josephus_n and_o the_o book_n before_o quote_v dr._n lightfoot_n of_o the_o temple_n dr._n hammond_n on_o matth._n 23.35_o luke_n 23.45_o eph._n 2.4_o rev._n 6.9_o and_o dr._n pocock_n on_o joel_n where_o he_o have_v give_v we_o a_o scheme_n of_o the_o temple_n from_o a_o mss._n of_o maimonides_n think_v by_o he_o to_o be_v as_o ancient_a as_o the_o author_n own_o time_n 2_o but_o the_o 7_o court_n which_o be_v without_o the_o temple_n i._n e._n the_o visible_a church_n 8_o leave_v or_o cast_a out_o as_o profane_v with_o disgrace_n and_o ignominy_n and_o measure_v it_o not_o i._n e._n secure_v it_o not_o for_o it_o be_v give_v or_o have_v 9_o be_v give_v and_o deliver_v by_o the_o justice_n of_o god_n for_o swerve_v from_o the_o true_a measure_n of_o his_o law_n ezek._n 43_o 10-12_a unto_o or_o into_o the_o hand_n and_o power_n dan._n 7.25_o of_o the_o 10_o gentile_n or_o paganize_a christian_n and_o the_o holy_a 11_o city_n i._n e._n the_o whole_a visible_a churcâ—â—_n shall_v they_o tread_v under_o foot_n i._n e._n possess_v it_o isa_n 1.12_o and_o use_v it_o profane_o and_o contemptuous_o dan._n 10_o 11.13_o isa_n 28_o 3._o luke_n 21.4_o 1_o maccab._n 1._o forty_o 12_o and_o two_o month_n of_o days_n which_o be_v year_n 7_o all_o the_o open_a space_n without_o the_o temple_n be_v call_v as_o grotius_n note_n and_o as_o i_o find_v the_o word_n to_o be_v use_v in_o the_o jewish_a locum_fw-la jewish_a middoth_n cap._n 1._o sect._n 4._o l'_fw-mi emper._n in_o locum_fw-la mishna_n the_o court_n consist_v of_o three_o open_v areas_n or_o court_n whereof_o the_o two_o outermost_a be_v call_v 2_o chron._n 4.9_o the_o great_a court_n and_o the_o outward_a court_n by_o ezekiel_n where_o the_o man_n and_o woman_n meet_v in_o separate_a partition_n and_o the_o three_o court_n be_v call_v the_o court_n of_o the_o priest_n and_o the_o inner-court_n reach_v from_o the_o court_n of_o the_o man_n to_o the_o vestibulum_fw-la or_o porch_n of_o the_o temple_n in_o which_o the_o altar_n of_o burn_a offering_n stand_v all_o which_o space_n or_o area_n be_v here_o mean_v by_o the_o court_n which_o be_v without_o the_o temple_n for_o so_o it_o be_v and_o the_o court_n of_o the_o gentile_n or_o the_o four_o and_o outermost_a court_n add_v by_o herod_n can_v be_v here_o understand_v because_o it_o be_v always_o
resurrection_n matth._n 27_o 51.28_o 2._o 43_o which_o be_v call_v earth_n in_o this_o prophecy_n 44_o by_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d may_v be_v mean_v 1._o the_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o city_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d be_v understand_v and_o then_o it_o may_v denote_v rome_n as_o under_z the_o papacy_n which_o mr._n mede_n suppose_v to_o be_v the_o ten_o part_n of_o old_a rome_n or_o rather_o because_o it_o be_v doubt_v whether_o mr._n mede_n dimension_n of_o old_a and_o modern_a rome_n be_v exact_a some_o one_o most_o notable_a kingdom_n of_o the_o ten_o into_o which_o the_o western_a roman_a empire_n be_v divide_v as_o be_v observe_v on_o chap._n 17._o whereby_o the_o kingdom_n of_o france_n may_v most_o peculiar_o be_v denote_v which_o be_v the_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o city_n that_o be_v the_o last_o of_o those_o ten_o kingdom_n which_o arise_v out_o of_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n and_o give_v their_o power_n to_o the_o beast_n as_o may_v be_v see_v in_o the_o catalogue_n of_o they_o give_v by_o the_o judicious_a and_o learned_a author_n of_o the_o book_n de_fw-fr 17._o de_fw-fr pag._n 17._o excidio_fw-la antichristi_fw-la or_o 2._o by_o the_o ten_o of_o the_o city_n may_v rather_o be_v mean_v the_o whole_a papal_a jurisdiction_n call_v the_o ten_o because_o it_o be_v symbolise_v in_o prophecy_n by_o ten_o toe_n ten_o horn_n ten_o king_n unite_v under_o the_o papacy_n as_o will_v be_v show_v on_o chap._n 17._o for_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d may_v signify_v not_o the_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o city_n but_o the_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o decemprincipality_n the_o state_n of_o the_o antichristian_a jurisdiction_n or_o city_n after_o it_o come_v to_o have_v ten_o king_n as_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d chap._n 6.8_o signify_v not_o the_o four_o part_n of_o the_o earth_n but_o the_o four_o earthly_a kingdom_n or_o monarchy_n which_o be_v a_o sense_n of_o the_o phrase_n more_o comprehensive_a than_o the_o former_a and_o more_o suitable_a to_o the_o symbolical_a genius_n of_o this_o prophecy_n and_o it_o be_v say_v to_o fall_v that_o be_v to_o be_v ruin_v and_o destroy_v in_o the_o commotion_n as_o babylon_n be_v say_v by_o the_o prophet_n to_o be_v fall_v or_o destroy_v 45_o in_o the_o greek_a it_o be_v be_v slay_v name_n of_o man_n seven_o thousand_o by_o name_n of_o man_n as_o dr._n moor_n observe_v may_v be_v mean_v title_n dignity_n office_n and_o order_n of_o man_n by_o which_o they_o be_v name_v and_o distinguish_v or_o the_o man_n themselves_o who_o be_v man_n of_o name_n or_o repute_v upon_o those_o and_o such_o like_a account_n as_o vile_a or_o base_a man_n on_o the_o contrary_a be_v call_v man_n of_o no_o name_n job_n 30.8_o and_o by_o seven_o thousand_o of_o they_o be_v slay_v be_v mean_v that_o there_o shall_v be_v a_o perfect_a total_a and_o solid_a overthrow_n of_o the_o popish_a hierarchy_n and_o jurisdiction_n which_o shall_v entire_o be_v slay_v or_o cease_v to_o be_v what_o it_o be_v before_o which_o be_v signify_v by_o seven_o a_o perfect_a number_n multiply_v into_o a_o thousand_o a_o cubical_a solid_a number_n as_o 1_o king_n 19.17_o 18._o from_o whence_o this_o expression_n be_v take_v god_n say_v that_o he_o have_v seven_o thousand_o leave_v in_o israel_n that_o be_v a_o perfect_a number_n of_o pure_a worshipper_n reserve_v entire_a in_o secret_a see_v note_n on_o chap._n 1_o 4._o 7_o 4_o 5._o 9_o 5._o 20_o 4._o 46_o to_o give_v glory_n to_o god_n be_v to_o confess_v their_o fault_n and_o acknowledge_v the_o righteousness_n and_o justice_n of_o god_n in_o his_o punishment_n as_o achan_n do_v josh_n 7._o 19_o 20._o and_o nabuchadnezzar_n dan._n 4_o 34-37_a and_o thereupon_o to_o honour_n and_o worship_n he_o after_o his_o own_o manner_n and_o to_o forsake_v their_o former_a idolatry_n rom._n 1.21_o 25._o 14_o the_o second_o woe_n 47_o of_o the_o six_o trumpet_n viz._n turkish_a mahometism_n chap._n 8_o 13_o 9_o 12_o be_v pass_v already_o and_o behold_v the_o three_o 47_o woe_n viz_o that_o of_o the_o sevenâ—h_o trumpet_n upon_o antichrianism_n chapter_n 14.15.16_o come_v quick_o 47_o into_o event_n and_o execution_n after_o the_o second_o be_v past_a upon_o the_o sound_n of_o the_o seven_o angel_n chap._n 10_o 7._o 11_o 15._o 47_o the_o first_o woe_n be_v that_o of_o the_o locust_n or_o saracen_n the_o second_o of_o the_o horseman_n of_o euphrates_n or_o the_o turkish_a mahometan_n the_o three_o be_v the_o woe_n of_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n or_o angel_n upon_o antichristianism_n which_o be_v large_o relate_v in_o some_o of_o the_o follow_a chapter_n and_o in_o this_o verse_n be_v plain_o assert_v 1._o that_o during_o or_o rather_o after_o the_o earthquake_n and_o the_o effect_n of_o it_o upon_o the_o ascent_n of_o the_o witness_n into_o heaven_n the_o second_o woe_n or_o turkish_a mahometism_n shall_v pass_v off_o and_o that_o more_o particular_o from_o the_o grecian_a church_n and_o their_o empire_n or_o imperial_a seat_n for_o it_o be_v here_o say_v after_o the_o vision_n of_o those_o event_n that_o the_o second_o woe_n be_v past_a that_o be_v it_o be_v then_o past_a in_o vision_n and_o consequent_o be_v to_o pass_v off_o in_o the_o event_n and_o completion_n at_o the_o time_n immediate_o follow_v the_o fulfil_n of_o the_o forego_n vision_n 2._o that_o the_o three_o woe_n of_o the_o seven_o angel_n upon_o antichristianism_n be_v to_o follow_v quick_o upon_o the_o pass_n off_o of_o the_o second_o woe_n that_o be_v upon_o its_o cease_v to_o be_v a_o woe_n or_o a_o scourge_n to_o antichristianism_n for_o which_o end_v it_o be_v design_v by_o god_n who_o will_v then_o inflict_v woe_n of_o another_o nature_n upon_o they_o and_o 3._o that_o the_o effect_n of_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n shall_v not_o take_v up_o any_o long_a time_n in_o their_o accomplish_n but_o shall_v be_v perform_v with_o speed_n and_o of_o a_o sudden_a which_o may_v perhaps_o be_v the_o meaning_n of_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d for_o as_o a_o judicious_a person_n have_v acute_o observe_v the_o six_o trumpet_n come_v immediate_o after_o the_o five_o as_o well_o as_o the_o seven_o after_o the_o six_o and_o therefore_o it_o can_v be_v distinguish_v from_o the_o other_o by_o its_o immediate_a succession_n which_o be_v common_a to_o they_o all_o but_o by_o the_o speed_n of_o its_o motion_n and_o the_o quickness_n of_o its_o event_n 15_o and_o the_o seven_o 48_o angel_n sound_v and_o there_o be_v great_a or_o loud_o voice_n of_o acknowledgement_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o of_o thanksgiving_n for_o it_o in_o heaven_n or_o in_o the_o heavenly_a pure_a state_n of_o the_o christian_a church_n num_fw-la 41._o say_v the_o kingdom_n of_o this_o world_n be_v become_v kingdom_n of_o our_o lord_n god_n the_o father_n and_o of_o his_o son_n christ_n and_o he_o shall_v reign_v for_o ever_o 49_o and_o ever_o dan._n 2_o 44._o 7_o 14_o 18_o 26_o 27._o 48_o seven_o be_v a_o number_n of_o perfection_n and_o have_v a_o reference_n in_o this_o vision_n to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n which_o be_v here_o foretell_v shall_v come_v upon_o the_o sound_n of_o the_o seven_o angel_n and_o be_v to_o consist_v not_o in_o destroy_v but_o in_o reduce_v the_o kingdom_n of_o this_o world_n that_o be_v the_o several_a civil_a government_n of_o it_o to_o a_o constitution_n suitable_a to_o christ_n gospel_n whereby_o they_o become_v his_o kingdom_n and_o in_o christ_n reign_n over_o these_o kingdom_n thus_o model_v which_o shall_v be_v for_o ever_o and_o ever_o that_o be_v to_o the_o end_n of_o all_o succeed_a time_n here_o upon_o earth_n no_o other_o empire_n or_o kingdom_n be_v to_o succeed_v it_o 1_o cor._n 15_o 24-29_a but_o of_o this_o we_o shall_v have_v opportunity_n to_o discourse_v more_o full_o hereafter_o or_o the_o three_o last_o chapter_n 49_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 1.70_o 〈◊〉_d dr._n hammond_n on_o matth._n 24.3_o and_o luke_n 1.70_o signify_v in_o scripture_n a_o age_n of_o the_o world_n or_o some_o eminent_a period_n of_o it_o more_o particular_o that_o of_o the_o jewish_a church_n and_o state_n and_o therefore_o by_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d seem_v here_o to_o be_v denote_v the_o end_n of_o all_o the_o period_n or_o division_n of_o time_n consummate_v in_o that_o of_o the_o messiah_n which_o be_v call_v the_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d world_n or_o age_n to_o come_v by_o the_o jew_n 16_o and_o the_o four_o and_o twenty_o 50_o elder_n or_o representatives_n of_o the_o jewish_a church_n chap._n 4._o 4_o 9_o 10_o which_o sit_v before_o god_n on_o their_o seat_n in_o a_o posture_n of_o authority_n as_o be_v to_o reign_v with_o christ_n yet_o fall_v upon_o their_o face_n with_o great_a humility_n and_o reverence_n and_o worship_v god_n
upon_o this_o happy_a and_o glorious_a change_n of_o thing_n 50_o here_o be_v a_o acknowledgement_n of_o praise_n and_o thanksgiving_n to_o god_n according_a to_o the_o usual_a manner_n in_o this_o prophecy_n as_o have_v be_v before_o frequent_o observe_v and_o that_o make_v by_o the_o twenty_o four_o elder_n the_o representative_n of_o the_o jewish_a church_n and_o by_o voice_n in_o the_o former_a verse_n which_o perhaps_o proceed_v from_o the_o four_o live_a creature_n who_o be_v the_o voice_n or_o speaker_n in_o the_o six_o chapter_n 17_o say_v we_o give_v thou_o thanks_o o_o god_n almighty_n which_o art_n and_o waste_v and_o be_v to_o come_v i._n e._n the_o eternal_a jehovah_n because_o thou_o have_v take_v 51_o unto_o thou_o thy_o great_a or_o extraordinary_a power_n which_o have_v be_v hitherto_o usurp_v by_o satan_n mahometism_n antichistianism_n and_o the_o wicked_a power_n of_o this_o world_n and_o hâ—th_o reign_v visible_o and_o powerful_o in_o truth_n and_o judgement_n without_o any_o rival_n 51_o here_o be_v declare_v the_o succession_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n as_o it_o be_v the_o manner_n to_o proclaim_v the_o succession_n of_o prince_n 18_o and_o or_o although_o 52_o the_o nation_n or_o gentile_n that_o be_v the_o paganize_a christian_n verse_n 2._o be_v angry_a for_o be_v cast_v out_o of_o the_o visible_a church_n which_o they_o have_v defile_v and_o usurp_v verse_n 2._o psal_n 2._o and_o 99.1_o and_o or_o but_o 52_o thy_o wrath_n 53_o be_v come_v or_o be_v ready_a to_o be_v pour_v forth_o and_o execute_v upon_o the_o live_n and_o the_o time_n of_o the_o dead_a be_v come_n that_o they_o shall_v be_v judge_v both_o good_a and_o bad_a according_a to_o their_o deed_n and_o that_o thou_o shall_v in_o that_o time_n of_o judgement_n give_v reward_n unto_o thy_o servant_n the_o prophet_n or_o witness_n of_o the_o jewish_a church_n or_o minister_n dan._n 12.3_o and_o too_o the_o saint_n or_o eminent_o holy_a person_n of_o the_o christian_a church_n and_o to_o all_o they_o that_o fear_v thy_o name_n in_o every_o nation_n according_a to_o the_o light_n and_o talent_n god_n have_v give_v they_o act_v 10.2_o 34_o 35._o small_a and_o great_o in_o office_n or_o grace_n who_o shall_v be_v reward_v according_a to_o what_o they_o have_v receive_v and_o the_o use_n they_o have_v make_v of_o it_o mat._n 25._o and_o shall_v destroy_v they_o of_o all_o sort_n which_o destroy_v or_o corrupt_v the_o earth_n by_o their_o tyranny_n wickedness_n and_o antichristian_a apostasy_n 52_o in_o both_o these_o sense_n the_o article_n be_v use_v in_o scripture_n according_a to_o its_o acceptation_n in_o the_o hebrew_n of_o the_o old_a testament_n gen._n 15_o 10.17_o 5._o job_n 17.10_o jerem._n 11.17_o and_o in_o several_a other_o place_n 53_o this_o verse_n relate_v to_o the_o time_n of_o trouble_n mention_v dan._n 12.1_o and_o the_o great_a battle_n rev._n 16._o and_o the_o resurrection_n and_o judgement_n mention_v in_o the_o last_o chapter_n which_o shall_v be_v particular_o discourse_v of_o in_o their_o proper_a place_n 19_o and_o the_o temple_n of_o god_n i._n e._n his_o pure_a worship_n be_v open_v in_o heaven_n i._n e._n become_v visible_a in_o the_o church_n and_o there_o be_v now_o see_v in_o his_o temple_n which_o before_o be_v measure_v seal_v and_o shut_v up_o verse_n 2._o the_o ark_n 54_o of_o his_o testament_n i._n e._n the_o great_a mystery_n of_o religion_n which_o be_v before_o obscure_v by_o antichristianism_n be_v most_o clear_o make_v know_v and_o there_o be_v lightning_n and_o voice_n and_o thundering_n and_o a_o earthquake_n and_o great_a hail_n i._n e._n high_a and_o clear_a manifestation_n and_o sign_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n mat._n 24_o rev._n 4_o 5.8_o 5._o 54_o the_o ark_n of_o the_o 25._o the_o numb_a 4.5_o 20._o 1_o sam._n 6.19_o exod._n 25._o testament_n be_v always_o keep_v secret_a and_o cover_v and_o be_v to_o be_v see_v only_o by_o the_o high_a priest_n once_o a_o year_n whereby_o the_o mystery_n of_o religion_n be_v typify_v which_o the_o angel_n desire_v to_o look_v into_o and_o be_v not_o reveal_v unto_o they_o but_o by_o the_o church_n 1_o peter_n 1.12_o ephes_n 3.10_o now_o these_o mystery_n call_v here_o the_o ark_n of_o his_o that_o be_v christ_n testament_n or_o new_a covenant_n which_o be_v mighty_o obscure_v and_o pervert_v under_o the_o reign_n of_o antichristianism_n appear_v open_v that_o be_v clear_o manifest_v unto_o all_o jew_n as_o well_o as_o christian_n now_o unite_v into_o one_o body_n from_o who_o also_o they_o have_v be_v for_o a_o long_a time_n hide_v by_o type_n and_o veil_n and_o a_o judicial_a blindness_n 1_o cor._n 3_o 13-16_a rom._n 11.25_o which_o temple_n here_o open_v and_o the_o ark_n see_v it_o be_v more_o full_o and_o large_o prophesy_v of_o by_o ezekiel_n from_o chapter_n the_o 40th_o to_o the_o end_n of_o his_o prophecy_n chap._n xii_o the_o text._n 1_o and_o *_o there_o appear_v in_o vision_n a_o great_a wonder_n or_o prodigious_a sign_n portend_v great_a thing_n in_o heaven_n †_o or_o in_o the_o pure_a primitive_a church_n state_n a_o woman_n i._n e._n the_o church_n the_o spouse_n of_o christ_n isa_n 54.1_o 2_o cor._n 11.2_o eph._n 5.32_o clothe_v or_o environ_v which_o the_o sun_n beam_v shine_v all_o about_o she_o i._n e._n full_a of_o communication_n of_o glory_n purity_n and_o holiness_n from_o christ_n the_o sun_n of_o righteousness_n malac._n 4.2_o and_o the_o moon_n 1_o i._n e._n antichristianism_n under_o her_o foot_n i._n e._n in_o comtempt_n and_o in_o subjection_n to_o she_o and_o upon_o her_o head_n a_o crown_n 2_o of_o twelve_o 3_o star_n represent_v the_o twelve_o apostle_n chap._n 1.20_o annotation_n on_o chap._n xii_o *_o the_o beast_n have_v be_v but_o just_o mention_v in_o the_o former_a chapter_n verse_n 7._o the_o holy_a spirit_n do_v here_o according_a to_o the_o custom_n of_o scripture_n which_o take_v occasion_n from_o the_o bare_a mention_n of_o a_o thing_n to_o give_v a_o large_a account_n of_o it_o begin_v to_o set_v forth_o who_o he_o be_v and_o from_o whence_o he_o have_v his_o original_a and_o how_o he_o come_v to_o be_v so_o powerful_a as_o to_o make_v war_n with_o and_o kill_v the_o witness_n which_o subject_n be_v prosecute_v in_o this_o the_o following_z and_o the_o seventeen_o chapter_n and_o here_o we_o may_v observe_v that_o the_o vision_n of_o the_o woman_n be_v cotemporary_a with_o the_o five_o seal_n chap._n 6.9_o when_o the_o pang_n of_o persecution_n be_v at_o the_o height_n the_o child_n be_v bring_v forth_o in_o the_o christian_a empire_n in_o the_o next_o seal_n †_o heaven_n as_o have_v be_v cursory_o observe_v on_o chap._n 11.12_o num_fw-la 41._o be_v not_o to_o be_v understand_v always_o in_o this_o book_n only_o and_o perhaps_o not_o primary_o of_o the_o church-state_n on_o earth_n but_o of_o the_o archetype_n or_o state_n of_o it_o now_o in_o heaven_n there_o seem_v to_o be_v in_o heaven_n a_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o a_o heavenly_a tabernacle_n and_o sanctuary_n which_o be_v a_o archetypal_a and_o exemplar_n state_n of_o what_o be_v to_o be_v perform_v on_o earth_n in_o the_o church_n whereupon_o a_o door_n be_v open_v to_o john_n in_o heaven_n chap._n 4_o 1._o and_o the_o temple_n of_o god_n be_v open_v in_o heaven_n chap._n 11.19_o which_o interpretation_n will_v be_v much_o strengthen_v by_o a_o due_a consideration_n of_o hebr._n 9_o where_o the_o apostle_n distinguish_v betwixt_o a_o worldly_a altar_n worldly_a see_v grotius_n on_o heb._n 9_o and_o mr._n dodwell_n of_o one_o altar_n sanctuary_n and_o a_o heavenly_a one_o and_o call_v the_o jewish_a a_o pattern_n of_o thing_n in_o the_o heaven_n and_o there_o be_v also_o in_o this_o book_n a_o consessus_fw-la synedrium_fw-la or_o seat_n of_o judgement_n in_o heaven_n describe_v in_o the_o four_o and_o five_o chapter_n before_o which_o satan_n as_o god_n and_o prince_n of_o this_o world_n be_v as_o it_o be_v try_v and_o after_o his_o accusation_n of_o god_n servant_n and_o defence_n of_o himself_o adjudge_v to_o be_v cast_v from_o the_o power_n of_o godship_n which_o he_o have_v in_o those_o part_n of_o the_o world_n which_o be_v concern_v in_o this_o prophecy_n whereupon_o there_o be_v joy_n in_o heaven_n verse_n 12._o upon_o the_o brethren_n be_v acquit_v upon_o satan_n fall_n from_o the_o rule_n he_o have_v by_o god_n justice_n over_o the_o wicked_a world_n the_o glory_n which_o accrue_v to_o god_n by_o his_o wise_a and_o holy_a administration_n and_o the_o present_a advance_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n upon_o the_o increase_n of_o which_o the_o saint_n may_v receive_v increase_n of_o glory_n in_o that_o heavenly_a tabernacle_n which_o shall_v come_v down_o from_o heaven_n in_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n state_n 1_o worldly_a thing_n because_o of_o their_o mutability_n may_v be_v reprseent_v by_o the_o
the_o apostate_n state_n of_o the_o church_n be_v signify_v in_o this_o prophecy_n for_o as_o the_o papal_a monarchy_n rise_v out_o of_o the_o providential_a commotion_n and_o trouble_n of_o the_o empire_n so_o be_v the_o antichristian_a power_n of_o the_o clergy_n found_v upon_o the_o apostatise_v spirit_n of_o diotrephes_n increase_a by_o degree_n in_o the_o church_n 2._o it_o appear_v that_o some_o christian_a body_n of_o man_n be_v signify_v by_o this_o beast_n because_o it_o be_v say_v to_o have_v horn_n like_o a_o lamb_n which_o be_v the_o type_n of_o christ_n in_o scripture_n by_o which_o expression_n horn_n be_v the_o type_n of_o power_n and_o potentacy_n in_o scripture_n a_o apostate_n hierarchy_n or_o a_o holy_a government_n for_o so_o the_o word_n signify_v act_v under_o the_o sanctify_a pretence_n of_o christ_n authority_n and_o his_o religion_n and_o in_o ordine_fw-la ad_fw-la spiritualia_fw-la be_v very_o apposite_o set_v forth_o unto_o we_o and_o 3._o by_o this_o beast_n be_v represent_v with_o two_o horn_n be_v very_o apt_o signify_v the_o whole_a body_n of_o the_o ecclesiastic_n under_o the_o potentacy_n of_o the_o rule_v clergy_n or_o hierarchy_n of_o the_o two_o division_n of_o the_o empire_n into_o east_n and_o west_n and_o withal_o there_o be_v a_o intimation_n give_v that_o this_o beast_n rise_v when_o the_o empire_n be_v thus_o divide_v and_o last_o we_o may_v from_o hence_o conclude_v that_o this_o beast_n be_v not_o the_o antichrist_n who_o be_v represent_v as_o a_o monarch_n by_o one_o single_a horn_n in_o daniel_n but_o a_o body_n politic_a signify_v by_o a_o beast_n in_o prophecy_n under_o two_o coordinate_a power_n or_o horn_n by_o which_o the_o hierarchy_n of_o the_o eastern_a and_o western_a part_n of_o the_o empire_n before_o the_o pope_n come_v to_o be_v a_o horn_n or_o to_o have_v his_o antichristian_a supremacy_n be_v very_o fit_o typify_v especial_o the_o eastern_a and_o western_a patriarchates_n which_o be_v a_o mere_a usurpation_n in_o the_o church_n arise_v from_o the_o honour_n of_o precedency_n which_o the_o metropolitan_o of_o the_o chief_a city_n gain_v upon_o constantine_n new_a modelling_n of_o the_o empire_n which_o as_o bishop_n book_n bishop_n a_o account_n of_o the_o govern._n of_o the_o christian_a church_n for_o the_o first_o six_o hundred_o year_n pag._n 192.310_o and_o from_o pag._n 188._o to_o the_o end_n of_o that_o book_n parker_n speak_v quick_o become_v a_o stirrup_n to_o ambition_n to_o mount_v into_o a_o superiority_n of_o power_n and_o jurisdiction_n and_o although_o there_o be_v many_o contest_v betwixt_o the_o eastern_a and_o western_a bishop_n yet_o as_o the_o same_o learned_a and_o judicious_a person_n have_v observe_v the_o patriarchal_a usurpation_n first_o begin_v at_o constantinople_n and_o the_o supremacy_n of_o the_o church_n of_o rome_n be_v found_v mere_o upon_o the_o ambition_n of_o the_o church_n of_o constantinople_n which_o word_n be_v a_o excellent_a comment_n upon_o this_o and_o the_o follow_a verse_n as_o his_o whole_a discourse_n there_o be_v wherein_o be_v prove_v that_o the_o eastern_a horn_n or_o hierarchy_n as_o well_o as_o the_o western_a be_v the_o chief_a cause_n of_o advance_v the_o beast_n or_o the_o papacy_n to_o its_o kingdom_n 29_o christ_n be_v typify_v by_o a_o lamb_n in_o 1.19_o in_o john_n 1.29_o 36._o act_n 8.32_o 1_o pet._n 1.19_o scripture_n the_o emblem_n of_o innocency_n meekness_n and_o purity_n and_o here_o be_v intimate_v that_o this_o be_v a_o antichristian_a beast_n because_o of_o its_o have_v something_o of_o a_o lamb_n in_o it_o the_o devil_n not_o be_v able_a to_o introduce_v antichristianism_n but_o under_o the_o mask_n of_o christianity_n and_o under_o a_o pretence_n to_o iniquity_n to_o see_v dr._n moor_n mystery_n of_o iniquity_n mystery_n godliness_n and_o great_a and_o the_o pope_n whilst_o they_o give_v themselves_o the_o humble_a title_n make_v the_o proud_a claim_n and_o under_o the_o name_n of_o servus_n servorum_fw-la make_v themselves_o prince_n of_o the_o world_n bp._n parker_n ibid._n pag._n 347._o with_o relation_n to_o gregory_n the_o great_a humility_n by_o which_o way_n it_o be_v at_o first_o bring_v into_o the_o church_n and_o be_v still_o keep_v up_o in_o it_o 30_o here_o be_v signify_v that_o this_o beast_n be_v a_o pagano-christian_a beast_n and_o a_o persecute_v one_o because_o he_o speak_v and_o act_v like_o a_o dragon_n the_o type_n of_o paganism_n and_o persecution_n whilst_o his_o pretence_n be_v the_o authority_n and_o honour_n of_o christ_n the_o advancement_n of_o unity_n and_o peace_n and_o a_o zeal_n for_o god_n glory_n and_o a_o reduce_n of_o man_n by_o lamblike_a i._n e._n innocent_a and_o gentle_a method_n a_o phrase_n much_o use_v by_o the_o french_a clergy_n in_o their_o speech_n to_o their_o king_n upon_o his_o barbarous_a proceed_n against_o the_o french_a protestant_n 12_o and_o he_o i._n e._n the_o hierarchy_n exercise_v all_o the_o power_n of_o the_o first_o beast_n or_o the_o roman_a idolatrous_a monarchy_n before_o 31_o him_z be_v in_o favour_n of_o he_o for_o his_o honour_n and_o by_o his_o consent_n and_o cause_v the_o earth_n or_o the_o apostasy_n and_o they_o which_o dwell_v therein_o i._n e._n the_o apostate_n member_n of_o this_o earthly_a and_o worldly_a church_n the_o gentile_n the_o subject_n of_o this_o hierarchy_n chap._n 11.2_o to_o worship_n verse_n 4.8_o the_o first_o beast_n who_o deadly_a wound_n be_v heal_v i._n e._n the_o roman_a empire_n under_o the_o seven_o head_n and_o eight_o king_n verse_n 2_o 23._o chap._n 17._o 8_o 10_o 12._o 31_o from_o hence_o it_o appear_v 1._o that_o this_o be_v the_o hierarchy_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n because_o it_o exercise_v power_n before_o the_o beast_n or_o in_o his_o presence_n which_o beast_n be_v the_o roman_a empire_n as_o appear_v from_o its_o description_n before_o give_v 2._o that_o these_o two_o horn_n answer_v to_o the_o two_o foot_n in_o daniel_n the_o same_o thing_n be_v fit_o represent_v by_o foot_n in_o the_o image_n of_o a_o man_n and_o by_o horn_n in_o the_o type_n of_o a_o beast_n head_n and_o those_o two_o foot_n come_v not_o into_o succession_n until_o the_o rise_v of_o the_o ten_o king_n who_o be_v the_o ten_o iron_n toe_n of_o it_o which_o be_v not_o until_o a._n d._n 476._o when_o the_o imperatorial_n power_n cease_v and_o the_o papal_a succession_n begin_v with_o its_o ten_o king_n it_o will_v follow_v that_o this_o other_o beast_n exercise_v not_o the_o power_n of_o the_o first_o beast_n until_o then_o 3._o that_o the_o first_o beast_n with_o its_o seven_o head_n the_o papacy_n even_o when_o it_o be_v in_o succession_n as_o the_o eight_o king_n a.d._n 476._o yet_o do_v not_o then_o exercise_v its_o power_n of_o its_o self_n as_o be_v plain_a from_o history_n in_o which_o it_o be_v notorious_a that_o the_o papacy_n attain_v not_o its_o supremacy_n until_o a._n d._n 606._o and_o that_o all_o that_o time_n the_o hierarchy_n of_o the_o eastern_a and_o western_a division_n of_o the_o empire_n exercise_v all_o its_o power_n before_o it_o by_o minister_a unto_o it_o as_o the_o phrase_n signify_v 1_o sam._n 2.18_o or_o in_o 19_o in_o see_v grot._n on_o luke_n 4_o 7.24_o 19_o its_o stead_n and_o for_o its_o benefit_n as_o a_o kind_n of_o a_o protector_n of_o it_o in_o its_o infancy_n and_o as_o the_o clayie_a part_n of_o the_o foot_n of_o this_o image_n uphold_v and_o sustain_v the_o seven_o head_n 4._o although_o the_o first_o beast_n be_v before_o the_o other_o beast_n as_o the_o first_o beast_n signify_v the_o roman_a empire_n whence_o it_o be_v call_v the_o other_o beast_n with_o reference_n to_o some_o former_a or_o first_o beast_n yet_o as_o it_o be_v the_o seven_o head_n they_o be_v contemporary_a the_o papacy_n and_o the_o other_o beast_n in_o that_o particular_a notion_n as_o foot_n of_o clay_n come_v into_o succession_n together_o at_o 476._o which_o yet_o be_v before_o the_o first_o beast_n as_o they_o be_v a_o domineer_a and_o aspire_a body_n of_o man_n make_v way_n for_o the_o papal_a kingdom_n during_o the_o time_n of_o the_o christian_a emperor_n when_o the_o beast_n lie_v wound_v and_o be_v partly_o keep_v alive_a in_o a_o heal_a condition_n by_o they_o and_o as_o they_o be_v those_o who_o protect_v the_o new_a king_n the_o papacy_n from_o his_o succession_n at_o 476._o until_o his_o supremacy_n at_o 606._o 13_o and_o or_o for_o he_o do_v great_a 32_o wonder_n i._n e._n seem_o great_a but_o real_o lie_v and_o counterfeit_a one_o 2_o thessaly_n 2.9_o so_o that_o he_o make_v 33_o fire_n to_o come_v down_o from_o heaven_n on_o the_o earth_n in_o the_o sight_n of_o man_n i._n e._n appear_v to_o worldly_a and_o apostatise_v men_n consent_v to_o and_o applaud_v the_o cheat_n to_o work_v as_o great_a miracle_n as_o elias_n do_v 1_o king_n 18.33_o 2_o
according_a to_o what_o have_v before_o come_v to_o pass_v in_o the_o destruction_n of_o josiah_n who_o be_v a_o type_n of_o christ_n as_o the_o godly_a king_n of_o judah_n and_o israel_n be_v and_o be_v slay_v near_o that_o place_n just_o when_o he_o have_v prepare_v the_o temple_n of_o god_n the_o emblem_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n 2_o chron._n 35.20_o 4._o to_o show_v that_o god_n who_o overrule_v evil_a design_n for_o good_a and_o who_o declare_v judg._n 4.7_o the_o place_n here_o allude_v to_o that_o he_o draw_v sisera_n and_o his_o multitude_n together_o have_v ordain_v that_o these_o king_n shall_v be_v total_o overthrow_v as_o the_o king_n of_o canaan_n be_v at_o megiddo_n and_o that_o christ_n church_n shall_v triumph_v over_o they_o and_o bless_v god_n for_o the_o great_a victory_n in_o the_o song_n prepare_v for_o it_o in_o the_o precede_a chapter_n as_o 20.26_o as_o 2_o chron._n 20.26_o jehoshaphat_n and_o the_o israelite_n do_v in_o the_o valley_n of_o beracah_n or_o blessing_n for_o the_o defeat_n of_o that_o great_a multitude_n of_o wicked_a people_n which_o confederate_v against_o israel_n whereupon_o this_o place_n of_o decision_n be_v call_v the_o valley_n of_o jehoshaphat_n in_o 14._o in_o chap._n 3.2_o 12_o 14._o joel_n the_o battle_n be_v describe_v sometime_o as_o if_o it_o be_v to_o be_v in_o a_o 5._o a_o joel_n 3_o ezek._n 39_o 5._o valley_n or_o plain_n and_o sometime_o as_o on_o a_o 39.4_o a_o ezek._n 39.4_o mountain_n and_o confine_v to_o no_o particular_a place_n jehoshaphats_n 294._o jehoshaphats_n fuller_n pisgah_n sight_n pag._n 280_o 294._o valley_n be_v far_o distant_a from_o the_o valley_n of_o megiddo_n but_o express_v so_o as_o to_o typify_v other_o thing_n unto_o we_o and_o to_o show_v that_o they_o shall_v be_v total_o defeat_v as_o man_n drive_v from_o their_o several_a fastness_n and_o retreat_n mountain_n as_o well_o as_o plain_n and_o valley_n 5._o to_o show_v that_o both_o jew_n 14._o jew_n zech._n 12.3_o 6_o 9_o 10_o 11_o 12_o 13_o 14._o and_o gentile_n shall_v mourn_v at_o the_o sight_n of_o christ_n now_o ready_a to_o appear_v in_o his_o glorious_a kingdom_n as_o there_o be_v a_o great_a mourn_v for_o josiah_n by_o the_o jew_n and_o the_o assyrian_n who_o he_o then_o assist_v which_o may_v probable_o be_v the_o meaning_n of_o hadadrimmon_n zech._n 12.11_o which_o according_a to_o 12.11_o to_o on_o zech._n 12.11_o grotius_n signify_v the_o glory_n of_o rimmon_n a_o assyrian_a idol_n 17_o and_o the_o seven_o angel_n pour_v out_o his_o vial_n into_o the_o 35_o air_n and_o there_o come_v a_o great_a voice_n out_o of_o the_o temple_n 36_o of_o heaven_n from_o the_o throne_n i._n e._n there_o be_v a_o extraordinary_a manifestation_n of_o the_o intimate_a and_o more_o immediate_a presence_n of_o god_n say_v it_o 37_o be_v do_v i._n e._n this_o be_v the_o last_o vial_n and_o judgement_n upon_o the_o wicked_a nation_n ezek._n 39.8_o see_v on_o chap._n 20._o and_o 21.6_o 35_o by_o air_n be_v mean_v in_o 148.4_o in_o see_v dr._n hammond_n on_o psalm_n 148.4_o scripture_n the_o aerial_a expansum_fw-la or_o firmament_n consist_v of_o air_n and_o cloud_n balance_v by_o the_o weight_n of_o it_o job_n 37.16_o which_o be_v the_o place_n of_o meteor_n the_o angel_n pour_v his_o vial_n upon_o it_o and_o thereupon_o follow_v thunder_n and_o lightning_n and_o a_o great_a earthquake_n which_o common_o accompany_v each_o other_o the_o island_n and_o mountain_n fly_v away_o and_o so_o great_a hail_n fall_v which_o be_v a_o usual_a attendant_n of_o thunder-storm_n as_o if_o the_o cloud_n with_o all_o their_o 23._o their_o job_n 38.22_o 23._o treasure_n of_o meteor_n be_v throw_v down_o from_o heaven_n whereby_o the_o more_o immediate_a preparation_n to_o the_o dissolution_n of_o the_o old_a earth_n seem_v to_o be_v describe_v according_a to_o the_o prediction_n of_o the_o apostle_n peter_n and_o the_o description_n give_v of_o it_o in_o dr._n burnet_n theory_n who_o yet_o very_o 7._o very_o 3.3_o 7._o prudent_o admonish_v we_o not_o to_o be_v too_o positive_a or_o presumptuous_a in_o our_o conjecture_n about_o these_o thing_n because_o if_o there_o be_v a_o invisible_a hand_n divine_a or_o angelical_a that_o touch_v the_o spring_n and_o wheel_n of_o nature_n it_o will_v not_o be_v easy_a for_o we_o to_o determine_v with_o certainty_n the_o order_n of_o their_o motion_n 36_o call_v so_o in_o remembrance_n of_o the_o throne_n and_o temple_n in_o ezekiel_n 37_o a_o phrase_n evident_o take_v from_o ezek._n 39.8_o where_o it_o be_v use_v concern_v gog_n and_o magog_n whence_o also_o it_o appear_v that_o their_o destruction_n be_v here_o refer_v to_o concern_v who_o read_v chap._n 20._o and_o ezek._n 38._o and_o 39_o 18_o and_o there_o be_v voice_n and_o thunder_n 38_o and_o lightning_n and_o there_o be_v a_o great_a earthquake_n such_o as_o be_v not_o since_o man_n be_v upon_o the_o earth_n so_o mighty_a a_o earthquake_n and_o so_o great_a i._n e._n there_o be_v very_o high_a manifestation_n of_o christ_n glorious_a kingdom_n and_o a_o time_n of_o trouble_n such_o as_o never_o be_v before_o the_o power_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o heaven_n be_v shake_v to_o make_v way_n for_o a_o new_a heaven_n and_o a_o new_a earth_n dan._n 12.1_o 2._o matth._n 24.29_o heb._n 12_o 26-22_a see_v on_o chap._n 4.5_o and_o on_o the_o three_o last_o chapter_n 38_o see_v dr._n burnet_n theory_n of_o the_o earth_n book_n 3_o 19_o and_o the_o great_a city_n i._n e._n the_o whole_a antichristian_a jurisdiction_n and_o kingdom_n chap._n 14_o 8.18_o 10_o 21._o be_v divide_a by_o the_o earthquake_n into_o 39_o three_o part_n i._n e._n the_o whole_a strength_n of_o the_o antichristian_a state_n be_v dissipate_v and_o overthrow_v and_o the_o city_n of_o the_o wicked_a nation_n of_o the_o whole_a world_n verse_n 14._o chap._n 20.8_o fell_n and_o great_a babylon_n 40_o i._n e._n rome_n chap._n 14.8_o come_v in_o special_a remembrance_n before_o god_n to_o give_v unto_o she_o the_o cup_n of_o the_o wine_n of_o the_o feirceness_n of_o his_o wrath_n i._n e._n to_o destroy_v she_o with_o a_o most_o severe_a and_o a_o utter_a destruction_n see_v on_o chap._n 14_o 8-11_a 39_o the_o general_a type_n of_o three_o part_n seem_v to_o be_v take_v from_o ezek._n 5.2_o 12._o where_o jerusalem_n when_o it_o be_v design_v for_o destruction_n be_v mark_v out_o into_o three_o part_n which_o three_o part_n here_o be_v the_o three_o unite_a force_n of_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n viz._n 1._o the_o dragon_n or_o devil_n with_o his_o three_o unclean_a spirit_n 2._o the_o beast_n and_o his_o false_a prophet_n who_o as_o be_v unite_v in_o force_n and_o interest_n have_v one_o punishment_n 3._o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n see_v on_o chap._n 19_o 19-21_a 40_o hence_o it_o appear_v that_o the_o conflagration_n be_v here_o point_a at_o because_o it_o be_v plain_a from_o this_o prophecy_n that_o rome_n shall_v be_v destroy_v by_o fire_n as_o have_v be_v before_o observe_v 20_o and_o every_o island_n flee_v away_o and_o the_o mountain_n be_v not_o find_v i._n e._n the_o 41_o old_a earth_n be_v dissolve_v 2_o pet._n 3._o see_v on_o chap._n 21.1_o 41_o see_v dr._n burnet_n theory_n of_o the_o earth_n b._n 3.9_o who_o ingenious_a hypothesis_n give_v great_a light_n to_o this_o place_n according_a to_o which_o as_o be_v here_o foretell_v the_o mountain_n be_v to_o be_v destroy_v in_o the_o last_o place_n and_o there_o be_v to_o be_v no_o island_n because_o no_o sea_n in_o the_o new_a earth_n which_o be_v to_o be_v plain_a and_o level_a 21_o and_o there_o fall_v upon_o the_o wicked_a king_n and_z man_n of_o the_o earth_n who_o be_v gather_v together_o against_o christ_n kingdom_n verse_n 14.16_o a_o great_a hail_n out_o of_o heaven_n 42_o i._n e._n a_o extraordinary_a tempest_n of_o divine_a wrath_n inflict_v by_o the_o more_o immediate_a command_n of_o god_n every_o stone_n about_o the_o weight_n of_o a_o talon_n i._n e._n each_o stroke_n of_o god_n wrath_n be_v extraordinary_a great_a heavy_a and_o insupportable_a ezek._n 38.22_o matth._n 23.44_o and_o yet_o these_fw-mi man_n blaspheme_v god_n because_o of_o the_o hail_v i._n e._n be_v still_o obdurate_a and_o impenitent_a for_o the_o plague_n thereof_o be_v exceed_v great_a upon_o which_o they_o shall_v therefore_o have_v humble_v themselves_o under_o the_o mighty_a hand_n of_o god_n 42_o hail_n be_v one_o of_o the_o plague_n of_o egypt_n and_o the_o wicked_a king_n of_o canaan_n be_v destroy_v by_o great_a hailstone_n from_o heaven_n joshua_n 10.11_o as_o the_o antichristian_a egyptian_n and_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n here_o be_v but_o this_o place_n more_o immediate_o refer_v to_o ezek._n 38.22_o where_o god_n foretell_v that_o gog_n and_o magog_n shall_v be_v destroy_v by_o a_o thunder_n storm_n of_o rain_n and_o great_a hailstone_n
the_o pope_n dr._n barrow_n of_o the_o pope_n supremacy_n pag._n 240_o etc._n etc._n the_o three_o general_a council_n of_o ephesus_n be_v afraid_a lest_o under_o pretence_n of_o sacerdotal_a power_n the_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o pride_n of_o secular_a dominion_n shall_v be_v bring_v into_o the_o church_n parker_n ibid._n p._n 234._o see_v overal_n be_v convoc_n book_n l._n 3._o 1-6_a ecclesiastical_a authority_n which_o from_o the_o power_n of_o bind_v and_o lose_v inflict_v of_o censure_n distribute_v the_o charity_n of_o the_o people_n and_o determine_v of_o controversy_n in_o civil_a matter_n voluntary_o refer_v to_o they_o according_a to_o the_o 6._o the_o 1_o cor._n 6._o apostle_n advice_n arrive_v at_o last_o from_o such_o small_a beginning_n to_o the_o antichristian_a pre-eminence_n now_o visible_a in_o the_o papacy_n 6._o excessive_a 4â—_n excessive_a overal_n convocat_n book_n b._n 3._o 1-6_a hieron_n in_o vit._n malchi_n postquam_fw-la ad_fw-la christianos_n principes_fw-la venit_fw-la ecclesia_fw-la potentia_fw-la quidem_fw-la &_o divitiis_fw-la major_n sed_fw-la virtutibus_fw-la minor_fw-la facta_fw-la est_fw-la i_o do_v not_o say_v that_o a_o ecclesiastical_a society_n may_v not_o lawful_o for_o its_o support_n use_v power_n policy_n and_o wealth_n in_o some_o measure_n to_o uphold_v or_o defend_v itself_o but_o that_o a_o constitution_n need_v such_o thing_n be_v not_o divine_a or_o that_o so_o far_o as_o it_o do_v use_v they_o it_o be_v no_o more_o than_o humane_a dr._n barrow_n of_o the_o unity_n of_o the_o church_n pag._n 33._o 4â—_n honour_n and_o riches_n whereby_o the_o mind_n of_o the_o clergy_n be_v corrupt_v and_o draw_v off_o from_o the_o care_n of_o soul_n as_o 7._o as_o epist_n 1._o 5_o 7._o gregory_n the_o great_a confess_v ingenuous_o and_o the_o church_n become_v too_o like_o a_o worldly_a kingdom_n especial_o when_o king_n and_o emperor_n become_v over-lavish_a in_o their_o liberality_n to_o purchase_v pardon_n for_o their_o sin_n whereupon_o as_o the_o learned_a archbishop_n of_o paris_n de_fw-fr 3._o de_fw-fr heidegger_n histor_n papat_fw-la chap._n 3._o marca_n observe_v the_o discipline_n of_o the_o church_n be_v very_o much_o relax_v in_o recompense_n as_o it_o be_v for_o the_o large_a endowment_n receive_v from_o they_o 6._o early_o forgery_n of_o book_n and_o tradition_n confess_v by_o learned_a romanist_n a_o too_o great_a reverence_n for_o antiquity_n and_o a_o despair_n of_o know_v more_o than_o our_o ancestor_n which_o our_o learned_a 15._o learned_a antichrist_n demonstrat_n pag._n 15._o abbot_n make_v to_o be_v one_o main_a cause_n of_o the_o rise_v of_o antichristianism_n 12._o it_o be_v evident_a that_o the_o papacy_n be_v the_o antichrist_n because_o the_o several_a property_n and_o character_n give_v of_o he_o in_o scripture_n do_v agree_v to_o the_o papacy_n and_o to_o it_o alone_o for_o the_o full_a proof_n of_o which_o proposition_n i_o refer_v the_o reader_n to_o the_o demonstrate_v the_o abbot_n demonstrat_n antichrist_n a_o book_n much_o value_v by_o joseph_n scaliger_n who_o be_v not_o wont_a to_o be_v lavish_a of_o his_o commendation_n downham_n of_o antichrist_n dr._n moor_n mystery_n of_o iniquity_n dr._n cressener_n demonst_a of_o the_o first_o principle_n of_o the_o protestant_n applicat_fw-la of_o the_o apocal._n jurieu_n accomplishm_n of_o prophecy_n tom._n 1._o chap._n 24._o tom._n 3._o his_o pastoral_a letter_n but_o chief_o dr._n beverley_n command_n of_o god_n to_o his_o people_n to_o come_v out_o of_o babylon_n where_o this_o great_a truth_n be_v most_o evident_o demonstrate_v book_n quote_v in_o the_o margin_n and_o shall_v only_o here_o give_v he_o a_o brief_a view_n of_o what_o may_v be_v most_o observable_a on_o this_o head_n 1._o the_o doctrine_n and_o practice_n lay_v to_o the_o charge_n of_o antichrist_n in_o scripture_n the_o general_a head_n of_o which_o be_v reckon_v up_o paragr_n 4._o be_v plain_o teach_v and_o practise_v in_o the_o romish_a church_n such_o as_o idolatry_n superstition_n supremacy_n persecution_n and_o the_o carry_v on_o all_o this_o by_o lie_v wonder_n forbid_v marriage_n and_o abstain_v from_o meat_n and_o that_o after_o so_o subtle_a a_o manner_n under_o a_o disguise_n of_o piety_n as_o that_o good_a and_o learned_a man_n have_v be_v deceive_v by_o it_o whence_o it_o plain_o appear_v to_o be_v a_o mystery_n of_o iniquity_n and_o the_o apostasy_n foretell_v and_o describe_v in_o scripture_n as_o mr._n time_n mr._n apostasy_n of_o the_o latter_a time_n mede_n and_o dr._n iniq._n dr._n mystery_n of_o iniq._n moor_n have_v full_o prove_v 2._o the_o seven-hilled_a city_n the_o place_n of_o the_o residence_n of_o antichrist_n can_v agree_v to_o none_o but_o rome_n the_o seat_n of_o the_o papacy_n for_o who_o residence_n in_o it_o the_o emperor_n make_v way_n by_o remove_v from_o it_o by_o degree_n as_o have_v be_v observe_v on_o chap._n 13._o 2._o and_o the_o name_n number_n image_n and_o mark_n of_o the_o beast_n the_o excessive_a riches_n and_o gawdy_a pomp_n of_o the_o woman_n be_v sufficient_o visible_a and_o notorious_a in_o the_o romish_a church_n as_o have_v be_v also_o before_o observe_v on_o the_o 13_o and_o 17_o chapter_n 3._o the_o insolent_a 13._o insolent_a see_v on_o chapter_n 13._o boasting_n unmeasurable_a ambition_n mad_a zeal_n and_o devilish_a cunning_n the_o tyrannical_a vsurpati_fw-la once_o of_o the_o papacy_n over_o emperor_n and_o civil_a power_n and_o the_o universal_a spread_a of_o that_o mystery_n of_o iniquity_n do_v sufficient_o show_v that_o it_o be_v plain_o describe_v by_o the_o little_a horn_n and_o the_o king_n that_o shall_v do_v after_o his_o will_n in_o etc._n in_o chap._n 7._o and_o 11._o see_v mr._n mede_n work_n p._n 667_o etc._n etc._n graser_n histor_n antichr_n p._n 149_o etc._n etc._n daniel_n and_o by_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o whore_n in_o the_o revelation_n who_o the_o world_n follow_v and_o wonder_v after_o 4._o the_o worldly_a 410._o worldly_a rycaut_n preface_n to_o the_o life_n of_o the_o pope_n dr._n barrow_n of_o the_o unity_n of_o the_o church_n p._n 33._o 34._o etc._n etc._n in_o 410._o pomp_n temporal_a dominion_n court_n guards_z title_n style_n and_o coronation_n of_o the_o pope_n plain_o show_v that_o he_o be_v a_o horn_n and_o a_o king_n according_a to_o prophecy_n and_o the_o rise_v of_o the_o papacy_n upon_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o roman_a 17._o roman_a see_v on_o chap._n 13._o and_o 17._o emperor_n be_v a_o sufficient_a proof_n that_o the_o pope_n be_v that_o man_n of_o sin_n who_o be_v to_o be_v witheld_a until_o that_o time_n and_o that_o they_o be_v the_o seven_o head_n and_o eight_o king_n 5._o it_o be_v plain_a from_o history_n that_o the_o convert_v from_o heathenism_n and_o the_o barbaroas_n nation_n paganize_v the_o western_a part_n of_o christendom_n and_o become_v the_o chief_a support_n of_o the_o papacy_n and_o how_o agreeable_a be_v that_o to_o prophecy_n which_o place_n the_o entrance_n of_o the_o 13._o the_o see_v on_o chap._n 11._o chap._n 13._o gentile_n into_o the_o court_n of_o the_o temple_n before_o the_o succession_n and_o rise_v of_o the_o beast_n thereby_o intimate_v that_o they_o be_v prepare_v before_o hand_n as_o subject_n for_o this_o king_n of_o pride_n 6._o how_o apt_o be_v the_o eastern_a and_o western_a division_n of_o the_o empire_n call_v the_o two_o horn_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o be_v it_o not_o according_o notorious_a from_o history_n that_o the_o grandeur_n 38._o grandeur_n rex_fw-la superbiae_fw-la prope_fw-la est_fw-la &_o quod_fw-la dici_fw-la nefas_fw-la est_fw-la sacerdotum_fw-la ei_fw-la praeparatur_fw-la exercitus_fw-la greg._n m._n lib._n 4._o ep_n 38._o of_o the_o papacy_n and_o the_o idolatry_n of_o it_o be_v make_v way_n for_o by_o the_o ambition_n and_o corruption_n of_o the_o clergy_n of_o both_o those_o division_n by_o the_o constantinopolitan_a as_o well_o as_o roman_a bishop_n who_o be_v the_o praecursor_n the_o gregor_n m._n epistolae_fw-la abbot_n daemon_n antichrist_n constantinopolitanus_n episcopus_fw-la antichristi_fw-la praecursor_n forerunner_n of_o antichrist_n and_o in_o who_o dominion_n also_o image_n worship_n be_v decree_v by_o the_o second_o council_n of_o nice_a whereupon_o they_o fall_v under_o the_o severe_a effect_n of_o the_o saracenick_n and_o turkish_a woe_n describe_v chap._n 9_o and_o have_v not_o that_o clergy_n ever_o 2._o ever_o mede_n apostasy_n of_o the_o latter_a time_n part_n 2._o since_o be_v the_o chief_a instrument_n of_o promote_a and_o keep_v up_o that_o deceivableness_n of_o vnrighteousness_n as_o the_o apostle_n call_v it_o 2_o thes_n 2._o and_o may_v they_o not_o therefore_o be_v well_o mean_v by_o the_o false_a prophet_n in_o this_o prophecy_n 7._o how_o observable_a be_v it_o from_o 661._o from_o mede_n work_n p._n 463._o 661._o history_n that_o the_o empire_n be_v divide_v when_o the_o papacy_n rise_v and_o that_o upon_o those_o division_n and_o that_o three_o horn_n or_o power_n viz._n the_o exarchate_n the_o
lombard_n and_o the_o frank_n be_v remove_v by_o he_o to_o make_v way_n for_o his_o dominion_n in_o italy_n which_o be_v plain_o foretell_v dan._n 7.8_o 24._o by_o the_o come_n up_o of_o a_o little_a horn_n among_o the_o ten_o horn_n by_o who_o three_o of_o they_o be_v humble_v subdue_v and_o pluck_v up_o by_o the_o root_n 8._o may_v not_o the_o pope_n according_a to_o daniel_n 7.24_o be_v fit_o call_v a_o king_n diverse_a from_o all_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o king_n which_o be_v unite_v with_o he_o be_v not_o his_o supremacy_n a_o image_n as_o it_o be_v call_v rev._n 13.14_o of_o imperatorial_n power_n not_o a_o true_a and_o real_a one_o and_o do_v not_o he_o subsist_v mere_o by_o the_o will_n of_o the_o prince_n and_o kingdom_n of_o who_o he_o be_v the_o spiritual_a head_n so_o that_o they_o may_v according_a to_o 8.24_o to_o dan._n 8.24_o prophecy_n be_v fit_o say_v to_o give_v their_o power_n to_o he_o and_o his_o power_n to_o be_v mighty_a but_o not_o by_o his_o own_o power_n 9_o antichrist_n be_v call_v the_o son_n of_o perdition_n in_o scripture_n and_o be_v it_o not_o notorious_a in_o all_o 314-337_a all_o see_v the_o life_n of_o the_o pope_n and_o the_o history_n of_o the_o papacy_n before_o quote_v foulis_n of_o romishvsurpat_fw-la overal_o convocat_n book_n lib._n 3._o bp._n stillingfl_fw-mi of_o idolatry_n p._n 314-337_a history_n that_o perdition_n mischief_n war_n and_o bloodshed_n have_v attend_v the_o rise_n and_o progress_n of_o the_o papacy_n for_o it_o be_v found_v upon_o the_o perdition_n and_o ruin_n of_o the_o empire_n it_o be_v raise_v to_o a_o supremacy_n by_o approve_v the_o murder_n of_o the_o good_a emperor_n mauritius_n and_o advance_v itself_o above_o the_o civil_a power_n and_o all_o that_o be_v call_v god_n by_o trample_v upon_o king_n and_o emperor_n raise_v war_n and_o sedition_n against_o they_o and_o by_o anathematise_v persecute_v and_o kill_v all_o that_o oppose_v it_o 10._o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v most_o admirable_o divide_v in_o scripture_n into_o a_o time_n time_n and_o a_o half_a time_n to_o the_o note_n the_o several_a step_n and_o advances_n of_o it_o and_o its_o declination_n in_o the_o half_a time_n which_o be_v a_o division_n or_o break_v of_o time_n be_v a_o intimation_n of_o its_o break_a and_o divide_a state_n as_o have_v be_v show_v on_o chap._n 12._o now_o it_o be_v plain_a from_o the_o history_n of_o the_o papacy_n that_o its_o power_n be_v most_o considerable_o break_v at_o the_o reformation_n a._n d._n 1517_o so_o that_o we_o may_v very_o well_o date_n its_o half_a time_n from_o that_o year_n after_o which_o so_o many_o nation_n fall_v off_o from_o it_o if_o from_o that_o year_n we_o ascend_v to_o the_o begin_n of_o its_o two_o unite_a time_n which_o be_v 720_o year_n we_o arrive_v at_o a._n d._n 797._o when_o his_o first_o time_n end_v consist_v of_o 360_o year_n the_o half_a of_o which_o be_v 180_o year_n and_o there_o according_a to_o expectation_n we_o find_v this_o man_n of_o sin_n in_o the_o great_a strength_n and_o vigour_n of_o manly_a age_n have_v conquer_v all_o the_o obstacle_n which_o oppose_v his_o establishment_n for_o in_o that_o very_a tempor_fw-la very_a zonar_n cedren_n sigebert_n petau._n rationar_n tempor_fw-la year_n remarkable_a for_o a_o horrible_a darkness_n for_o seventeen_o day_n together_o the_o whole_a race_n of_o leo_n conon_n call_v iconomachus_n be_v utter_o extinguish_v by_o the_o cruel_a empress_n irene_n who_o have_v all_o along_o oppose_v the_o pope_n in_o the_o controversy_n about_o image_n whereby_o he_o be_v free_v from_o his_o enemy_n on_o all_o hand_n his_o power_n in_o the_o west_n be_v then_o also_o settle_v by_o the_o pope_n the_o mezeray_fw-fr pag._n 99_o it_o may_v be_v observe_v that_o the_o king_n of_o france_n be_v the_o first_o king_n that_o embrace_v christian_a religion_n as_o it_o be_v profess_v at_o rome_n and_o that_o they_o contribute_v the_o most_o of_o any_o king_n upon_o the_o earth_n to_o the_o raise_n and_o support_v of_o the_o papacy_n as_o appear_v from_o a_o inscription_n on_o a_o marblestone_n still_o extant_a at_o ravenna_n where_o it_o be_v acknowledge_v that_o pepin_n be_v the_o first_o king_n who_o give_v example_n to_o posterity_n how_o the_o power_n of_o holy_a church_n be_v to_o be_v amplify_v and_o increase_v and_o as_o they_o have_v all_o along_o afford_v refuge_n to_o persecute_a pope_n as_o monsieur_n mezeray_n speak_v so_o be_v it_o a_o thing_n remarkable_a that_o france_n although_o it_o have_v no_o great_a obligation_n or_o dependency_n upon_o rome_n except_o with_o relation_n to_o the_o privilege_n of_o the_o gallican_n church_n yet_o interest_n herself_o more_o warm_o in_o her_o affair_n and_o send_v more_o stately_a embassy_n thither_o than_o any_o other_o prince_n whence_o it_o may_v be_v observe_v that_o it_o be_v upon_o all_o account_v the_o chief_a part_n of_o the_o decemprincipality_n and_o that_o her_o king_n be_v the_o most_o remarkable_a of_o the_o ten._n mezeray_n pag._n 15._o 223._o rycaut_n preface_n to_o the_o life_n of_o the_o pope_n king_n of_o the_o frank_n to_o who_o as_o we_o may_v observe_v by_o the_o way_n the_o pope_n chief_o owe_v their_o temporal_a grandeur_n and_o if_o we_o ascend_v again_o from_o thence_o to_o the_o begin_n of_o its_o first_o time_n which_o must_v according_o be_v a._n d._n 437._o we_o arrive_v to_o a_o very_a remarkable_a year_n in_o which_o we_o find_v the_o world_n very_o busy_a in_o settle_v the_o lunar_a year_n as_o on_o purpose_n to_o point_v out_o unto_o we_o that_o the_o beast_n month_n be_v then_o just_a enter_v in_o who_o time_n compare_v with_o the_o day_n of_o the_o witness_n there_o be_v observe_v the_o exact_a mathematical_a proportion_n betwixt_o the_o motion_n of_o the_o sun_n and_o moon_n a_o thing_n very_o 2._o very_o see_v before_o on_o chap._n 11._o 2._o admirable_a and_o worthy_a observation_n and_o further_o not_o only_o the_o beginning_n and_o end_n of_o the_o first_o time_n where_o the_o two_o time_n also_o begin_v be_v remarkable_a for_o some_o notable_a thing_n relate_v to_o the_o papacy_n but_o also_o the_o year_n 1157_o the_o very_a joint_n of_o time_n in_o which_o the_o two_o unite_a time_n meet_v be_v very_o famous_a for_o 4.4_o for_o baron_fw-fr heidegger_n histor_n papat_fw-la cap._n 4._o foulis_n of_o romish_a vsurpat_fw-la 4.4_o pope_n hadrian_n set_v up_o in_o the_o vatican_n a_o picture_n of_o the_o emperor_n vassalage_n who_o be_v fain_o to_o hold_v the_o pope_n stirrup_n before_o he_o can_v be_v crown_v and_o for_o his_o insolent_a letter_n to_o he_o wherein_o he_o assert_n that_o he_o be_v set_v up_o by_o god_n to_o destroy_v kingdom_n and_o country_n and_o that_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v hold_v as_o a_o feif_n of_o the_o papacy_n whereby_o he_o sufficient_o show_v his_o antichristian_a spirit_n and_o his_o mouth_n speak_v great_a thing_n so_o remarkable_a be_v each_o joint_n of_o the_o beast_n time_n divide_v by_o the_o wisdom_n of_o the_o holy_a spirit_n into_o a_o time_n time_n or_o two_o time_n unite_v into_o one_o and_o half_o a_o time_n to_o denote_v the_o different_a state_n of_o antichrist_n and_o his_o kingdom_n who_o be_v the_o whole_a first_o time_n in_o his_o growth_n and_o ascent_n to_o a_o idolatrous_a power_n which_o he_o be_v full_o establish_v in_o at_o a._n d._n 797_o ten_o year_n after_o his_o finish_v the_o iconoclastick_a war_n in_o the_o second_o council_n of_o nice_a and_o because_o after_o that_o time_n until_o 1517._o his_o kingdom_n continual_o increase_v and_o receive_v no_o decay_n and_o he_o go_v on_o and_o prosper_v in_o one_o and_o the_o same_o kingly_a state_n therefore_o be_v the_o two_o next_o time_n give_v in_o one_o unite_a line_n of_o time_n call_v time_n because_o it_o be_v one_o and_o the_o same_o kingly_a state_n the_o first_o time_n measure_v out_o a_o different_a state_n from_o this_o have_v a_o distinct_a time_n to_o itself_o and_o be_v then_o end_v and_o his_o last_o state_n beginning_n at_o the_o reformation_n a_o d._n 1517._o be_v very_o apposite_o measure_v by_o half_a a_o time_n because_o it_o be_v a_o divide_v and_o a_o break_a one_o see_v therefore_o that_o the_o doctrine_n name_n number_n image_n place_n time_n and_o all_o the_o other_o character_n and_o note_n of_o antichrist_n give_v in_o scripture_n do_v all_o agree_v to_o the_o papacy_n and_o to_o that_o alone_a it_o will_v follow_v that_o the_o papacy_n be_v the_o antichrist_n q_o e_o d._n but_o that_o the_o rise_v progress_n and_o time_n of_o antichrist_n may_v be_v the_o better_o understand_v i_o shall_v give_v this_o brief_a scheme_n of_o they_o refer_v to_o the_o several_a place_n in_o the_o annotation_n where_o they_o be_v particular_o discourse_v of_o 1._o antichrist_n 302._o antichrist_n see_v
of_o antichrist_n upon_o who_o destruction_n this_o glorious_a kingdom_n or_o glorious_a state_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n be_v to_o begin_v and_o that_o there_o shall_v be_v a_o glorious_a state_n of_o christ_n church_n such_o as_o have_v not_o hitherto_o be_v be_v a_o truth_n so_o apparent_a in_o scripture_n that_o those_o 42._o those_o pocock_n on_o micah_n pag._n 24_o 29_o 32_o 42._o who_o be_v most_o wary_a of_o interpret_n the_o scripture_n to_o this_o sense_n lest_o thereby_o any_o advantage_n may_v be_v give_v to_o the_o jew_n can_v but_o confess_v that_o many_o passage_n of_o the_o prophet_n which_o relate_v to_o this_o state_n be_v not_o as_o yet_o clear_o nor_o full_o complete_v but_o that_o they_o be_v still_o in_o fulfil_v and_o more_o may_v be_v expect_v in_o the_o latter_a time_n which_o dr._n pocock_n extend_v to_o the_o second_o come_v of_o christ._n and_o although_o we_o ought_v to_o be_v cautious_a how_o we_o administer_v occasion_n of_o harden_v the_o jew_n in_o their_o infidelity_n by_o force_v text_n of_o scripture_n to_o this_o sense_n which_o may_v be_v mean_v concern_v the_o first_o come_v of_o christ_n yet_o the_o want_n of_o due_a distinguish_n betwixt_o his_o first_o come_v in_o a_o way_n of_o humiliation_n and_o suffering_n and_o his_o second_o come_v in_o glory_n and_o that_o to_o erect_v a_o kingdom_n upon_o earth_n and_o under_o the_o heaven_n as_o be_v express_o affirm_v dan._n 7.27_o rev._n 5.10_o in_o a_o state_n of_o perfect_a righteousness_n peace_n and_o prosperity_n have_v be_v no_o mean_a cause_n of_o offence_n to_o the_o jew_n and_o be_v the_o occasion_n of_o many_o error_n among_o christian_n but_o that_o there_o shall_v be_v such_o a_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n which_o may_v be_v call_v his_o mediatory_a kingdom_n distinct_a from_o the_o kingdom_n of_o eternity_n of_o which_o the_o man_n christ_n jesus_n be_v the_o eternal_a king_n as_o he_o be_v unite_v to_o the_o eternal_a word_n and_o from_o his_o spiritual_a and_o evangelical_n kingdom_n will_v appear_v evident_a from_o these_o follow_a consideration_n 1._o because_o the_o many_o 36._o many_o psalm_n 2.8_o isa_n 2_o 2-4_a micah_n 4.1_o mr._n mede_n disc_n 25._o 29._o 36._o prophecy_n foretell_v a_o glorious_a constant_a and_o uninterrupted_a visibility_n and_o universality_n of_o christ_n church_n not_o yet_o accomplish_v do_v require_v such_o a_o future_a state_n for_o the_o church_n have_v be_v seldom_o glorious_o visible_a never_o constant_o and_o uninterrupted_o so_o neither_o have_v it_o be_v at_o any_o time_n in_o possession_n of_o much_o above_o the_o six_o part_n of_o the_o know_a world_n so_o far_o have_v it_o fall_v short_a of_o the_o universality_n prophesy_v of_o in_o scripture_n 2._o many_o seculorum_fw-la many_o isa_n 11_o 6-9.65.17-25_a ezek._n 48.35_o micah_n 4.3_o justin_n mart._n dial_n cum_fw-la tryphon_n dr._n burnet_n theor_n 4.5_o 7._o jurieu_n accomplishm_n of_o prophec_fw-la tom._n 2._o chap._n 18_o 24._o grot._n de_fw-fr verit._n relig._n christ_n 5.18_o quaedam_fw-la vero_fw-la etiam_fw-la definite_a &_o sine_fw-la conditione_n promissa_fw-la si_fw-la impleta_fw-la nondum_fw-la sunt_fw-la adhuc_fw-la possunt_fw-la expectari_fw-la constat_fw-la enim_fw-la etiam_fw-la apud_fw-la judaeos_fw-la tempus_fw-la sive_fw-la regnum_fw-la messiae_n durare_fw-la ad_fw-la finem_fw-la seculorum_fw-la prophecy_n relate_v to_o the_o temporal_a and_o spiritual_a happiness_n of_o christ_n church_n be_v not_o yet_o at_o all_o fulfil_v or_o only_o in_o part_n and_o therefore_o there_o must_v be_v some_o future_a state_n in_o which_o they_o be_v to_o be_v accomplish_v such_o as_o those_o which_o foretell_v its_o perfect_a peace_n prosperity_n holiness_n and_o the_o divine_a presence_n rest_v and_o remain_v in_o it_o which_o can_v by_o no_o art_n be_v so_o interpret_v as_o to_o make_v out_o that_o they_o be_v already_o fulfil_v 3._o many_o of_o the_o 19_o the_o jurieu_fw-fr t._n 3._o ch._n 19_o type_n of_o the_o old_a testament_n prefigure_v and_o signify_v such_o a_o state_n of_o christ_n church_n and_o kingdom_n such_o as_o paradise_n the_o new_a world_n after_o the_o flood_n the_o come_n of_o the_o israelite_n into_o canaan_n out_o of_o egypt_n the_o type_n of_o the_o antichristian_a apostasy_n their_o return_n from_o their_o captivity_n in_o babylon_n into_o a_o peaceable_a possession_n of_o their_o land_n the_o kingdom_n of_o 14.1_o of_o 2_o sam._n 7_o 8-29_a and_o 23_o 3-8_a see_v the_o note_n on_o chap._n 14.1_o david_n in_o which_o he_o be_v establish_v upon_o his_o conquest_n over_o the_o heathen_n and_o not_o until_o after_o many_o trouble_n and_o distress_n wherein_o it_o be_v a_o eminent_a type_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n as_o it_o proceed_v from_o weak_a small_a and_o troublesome_a beginning_n to_o strength_n and_o a_o last_a peace_n after_o great_a victory_n over_o the_o son_n of_o belial_n and_o the_o heathen_a nation_n this_o kingdom_n be_v also_o typify_v by_o 72._o by_o psalm_n 72._o solomon_n kingdom_n and_o his_o marriage_n in_o the_o book_n of_o canticle_n and_o most_o eminent_o by_o the_o note_n the_o see_v on_o chap._n 1.4_o and_o what_o follow_v in_o the_o next_o note_n sabbatism_n or_o rest_v of_o god_n in_o the_o seven_o day_n after_o six_o for_o finish_v his_o work_n wherein_o the_o seven_o thousand_o year_n design_v for_o christ_n kingdom_n be_v evident_o prefigure_v for_o christ_n kingdom_n be_v the_o main_a design_n of_o god_n to_o be_v accomplish_v in_o order_n to_o his_o eternal_a kingdom_n and_o the_o chief_a mean_n conduce_v to_o it_o be_v the_o primary_n thing_n in_o his_o intention_n from_o the_o beginning_n and_o be_v not_o only_o foretell_v by_o all_o the_o prophet_n but_o be_v prefigure_v by_o the_o 1._o the_o ezek._n chap._n 40_o etc._n etc._n heb._n 8_o 5.9_o 9_o 10.10_o 1._o type_n which_o shall_v be_v perfect_o and_o full_o complete_v in_o that_o state_n 4._o 8._o 4._o dan._n chapter_n 2_o and_o 7._o 2_o thes_n 2.8_o burnet_n be_v theory_n b._n 4._o 8._o antichrist_n be_v not_o yet_o destroy_v neither_o be_v the_o 17._o the_o isa_n 11._o and_o 14.1_o 2.25_o 8.56_o 8._o chap._n 60.65_o 17-25_a ezek._n 28_o 24-26.36_a 25-38_a 37_o 15-28_a hos_fw-la 3.4_o 5._o and_o dr._n pocock_n on_o the_o place_n pag._n 162._o zech._n 9_o 9-17_a 10_o 5-12_a and_o chapter_n 12_o 13_o 14._o amos_n 9_o 11-15_a mic._n 2.12_o 13._o rom._n 11.2_o cor._n 3.16_o grot._n in_o luc._n 21.24_o mr._n mede_n ep._n 17._o and_o pag._n 891_o mons_fw-la jurieu_n accomplishm_n of_o prophec_fw-la tom._n 2_o chap._n 17._o jew_n call_v nor_o be_v the_o 17._o the_o isa_n 11._o and_o 14.1_o 2.25_o 8.56_o 8._o chap._n 60.65_o 17-25_a ezek._n 28_o 24-26.36_a 25-38_a 37_o 15-28_a hos_fw-la 3.4_o 5._o and_o dr._n pocock_n on_o the_o place_n pag._n 162._o zech._n 9_o 9-17_a 10_o 5-12_a and_o chapter_n 12_o 13_o 14._o amos_n 9_o 11-15_a mic._n 2.12_o 13._o rom._n 11.2_o cor._n 3.16_o grot._n in_o luc._n 21.24_o mr._n mede_n ep._n 17._o and_o pag._n 891_o mons_fw-la jurieu_n accomplishm_n of_o prophec_fw-la tom._n 2_o chap._n 17._o fullness_n of_o the_o gentile_n as_o yet_o come_v in_o nor_o be_v 5-9_a be_v psalm_n 110.1_o cor._n 15_o 24-29_a heb._n 2_o 5-9_a all_o thing_n as_o yet_o subdue_v unto_o christ_n all_o which_o yet_o according_a to_o plain_a scripture_n be_v to_o come_v to_o pass_v some_o of_o they_o before_o christ_n kingdom_n other_o before_o it_o be_v deliver_v up_o to_o the_o father_n whence_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o this_o kingdom_n be_v not_o yet_o come_v much_o less_o already_o past_a as_o some_o imagine_v 5._o christ_n be_v not_o yet_o come_v in_o his_o glory_n and_o therefore_o his_o kingdom_n be_v not_o yet_o come_v for_o the_o theory_n the_o compare_v isa_n 53._o and_o 63._o with_o many_o other_o place_n of_o scripture_n for_o there_o be_v twenty_o text_n which_o speak_v of_o his_o second_o come_v to_o glory_n for_o one_o which_o speak_v of_o his_o first_o come_v see_v mons_fw-la jurieu_n and_o dr._n burnet_n theory_n scripture_n evident_o distinguish_v betwixt_o two_o come_n of_o christ_n the_o one_o in_o a_o state_n of_o humiliation_n already_o past_a the_o other_o in_o a_o state_n of_o glory_n and_o most_o common_o 4.1_o common_o matth._n 16_o 28.25.31_o luke_n 19_o 13_o 15.23_o 42._o 2_o tim._n 4.1_o join_v his_o second_o come_v and_o his_o kingdom_n together_o 6._o the_o scripture_n join_v the_o resurrection_n and_o the_o come_v and_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n together_o whence_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o this_o kingdom_n be_v not_o come_v because_o the_o general_a resurrection_n be_v not_o past_a for_o thus_o 1_o cor._n 15.23_o 24._o christ_n come_n plain_o refer_v to_o his_o come_n to_o the_o kingdom_n at_o the_o general_n resurrection_n he_o have_v all_o the_o while_n from_o his_o ascension_n sit_v at_o the_o right_a hand_n of_o the_o father_n in_o the_o patient_a expectation_n of_o this_o his_o glorious_a kingdom_n psalm_n 110.1_o heb._n
reveal_v in_o flame_n of_o fire_n it_o be_v very_o 5._o very_o luke_n 17_o 26-31_a but_o the_o same_o day_n that_o lot_n go_v out_o of_o sodom_n etc._n etc._n even_o thus_o shall_v it_o be_v in_o the_o day_n when_o the_o son_n of_o man_n be_v reveal_v i._n e._n to_o make_v good_a the_o parallel_n in_o the_o very_a self_n same_o day_n in_o which_o he_o be_v reveal_v 2_o thess_n 1.7_o 8._o 2_o pet._n 3.10_o 12._o see_v dr._n burnet_n be_v theory_n b._n 3._o and_o 4._o mather_z de_fw-fr signo_fw-la filii_fw-la homin_v 2._o 5._o plain_a from_o doctrinal_a scripture_n that_o the_o present_a world_n shall_v be_v burn_v before_o the_o end_n of_o all_o thing_n and_o probable_o at_o christ_n very_a first_o come_n to_o his_o kingdom_n to_o which_o conflagration_n there_o will_v be_v many_o precede_a disposition_n and_o preparation_n which_o be_v call_v the_o sign_n of_o christ_n come_v in_o scripture_n and_o be_v probable_o the_o vial_n in_o this_o prophecy_n before_o insist_v on_o chap._n 16._o this_o new_a 8._o new_a dr._n burnet_n be_v theory_n b._n 4._o 3_o 8._o heaven_n and_o earth_n which_o be_v to_o arise_v out_o of_o the_o remain_v of_o the_o old_a one_o as_o out_o of_o a_o second_o chaos_n be_v no_o other_o than_o the_o seat_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o bless_a millennium_n in_o which_o the_o saint_n be_v to_o reign_v with_o christ_n chap._n 20._o because_o according_a to_o the_o plain_a word_n of_o the_o apostle_n peter_n it_o be_v that_o new_a heaven_n and_o earth_n in_o which_o righteousness_n be_v to_o dwell_v i._n e._n righteous_a saint_n be_v to_o reign_v in_o holiness_n and_o righteousness_n during_o the_o day_n of_o judgement_n which_o be_v a_o day_n of_o the_o lord_n consist_v of_o a_o thousand_o year_n which_o be_v as_o plain_a a_o description_n of_o the_o bless_a millenium_fw-la as_o can_v well_o be_v give_v of_o which_o truth_n also_o the_o follow_a verse_n will_v administer_v many_o proof_n 3_o the_o very_a word_n make_v use_v of_o by_o the_o apostle_n peter_n 2_o ep._n 3.10_o concern_v the_o pass_v away_o of_o the_o heaven_n of_o this_o world_n at_o the_o general_a conflagration_n for_o it_o be_v to_o be_v observe_v that_o the_o scripture_n make_v mention_n of_o three_o world_n 1._o the_o world_n before_o the_o flood_n reach_v from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o creation_n to_o its_o perish_v by_o water_n which_o the_o apostle_n 〈◊〉_d apostle_n 2_o ep._n 2_o 5.3_o 5_o 6._o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d peter_n call_v the_o heaven_n and_o earth_n of_o old_a the_o world_n that_o then_o be_v and_o the_o old_a or_o original_a world_n concern_v which_o see_v the_o book_n the_o burnet_n theory_n b._n 1._o and_o 2._o and_o the_o append_v to_o the_o four_o book_n ingenious_a theory_n of_o the_o earth_n 2._o the_o present_a world_n reserve_v for_o fire_n call_v in_o 2._o in_o 2_o pet._n 3.7_o rom._n 8_o 19-24_a gal._n 1.4_o john_n 12_o 31.14_o 30._o 1_o cor._n 2.6_o 8._o 2_o cor._n 4.4_o mather_z de_fw-fr signo_fw-la fil._n homin_v 1._o 2._o scripture_n the_o heaven_n and_o earth_n which_o be_v now_o this_o present_a evil_a world_n and_o this_o world_n by_o way_n of_o contempt_n and_o to_o distinguish_v it_o from_o the_o world_n to_o come_v 3._o the_o new_a 17._o new_a 2_o pet._n 3.13_o heb._n 2.5_o eph._n 1.21_o luke_n 20_o 34-38_a and_o chap._n 17._o heaven_n and_o new_a earth_n call_v in_o scripture_n the_o world_n to_o come_v that_o world_n the_o world_n of_o the_o resurrection_n from_o the_o dead_a and_o the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n and_o of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n at_o his_o come_n which_o be_v to_o succeed_v when_o theory_n when_o 1_o cor._n 7.31_o psalm_n 102.26_o 2_o pet._n 3._o psalm_n 104.30_o matth._n 19.28_o act_n 3.21_o rom._n 8_o 19-24_a mather_z de_fw-fr signo_fw-la etc._n etc._n 2.5_o burnet_n be_v theory_n the_o form_n fashion_v and_o disposition_n of_o the_o part_n of_o this_o world_n shall_v pass_v away_o and_o be_v change_v upon_o its_o dissolution_n by_o fire_n and_o there_o shall_v be_v a_o restitution_n regeneration_n delivery_n redemption_n and_o restauration_n of_o all_o thing_n in_o the_o natural_a as_o well_o as_o moral_a world_n into_o the_o primitive_a state_n from_o which_o they_o have_v fall_v by_o sin_n 4_o this_o be_v a_o very_a surprise_a confirmation_n of_o doctor_n burnet_n hypothesis_n viz._n that_o the_o world_n shall_v be_v restore_v to_o its_o primitive_a paradisiacal_a state_n in_o which_o there_o be_v no_o sea_n and_o that_o the_o sea_n shall_v be_v devour_v by_o the_o conflagration_n which_o latter_a be_v also_o allude_v to_o by_o the_o prophet_n amos_n chap._n 7.4_o where_o he_o suppose_v that_o fire_n shall_v devour_v the_o great_a deep_a of_o which_o it_o have_v already_o eat_v up_o or_o devour_v a_o part_n in_o vision_n and_o the_o wicked_a be_v separate_v by_o god_n from_o the_o righteous_a now_o strict_o unite_v into_o one_o body_n and_o live_v together_o in_o perfect_a peace_n and_o unity_n it_o seem_v to_o be_v very_o congruous_a there_o shall_v be_v no_o sea_n in_o that_o state_n which_o as_o it_o be_v the_o type_n of_o unquiet_a multitude_n so_o also_o be_v it_o a_o hindrance_n to_o the_o mutual_a communication_n of_o man_n one_o with_o another_o and_o here_o it_o may_v be_v convenient_a to_o give_v a_o brief_a account_n of_o the_o series_n and_o order_n of_o thing_n according_a to_o scripture_n from_o the_o time_n of_o the_o approach_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n until_o the_o end_n and_o delivery_n up_o of_o it_o to_o god_n 1._o antichrist_n will_v fall_v as_o soon_o as_o ever_o the_o month_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v expire_v and_o mahometanism_n which_o be_v design_v as_o a_o scourge_n to_o it_o shall_v consequent_o afterward_o cease_v to_o be_v a_o woe_n to_o the_o christian_a world_n see_v chapter_n 9_o 12.11_o 2_o 3_o 14._o 2._o the_o jew_n also_o will_v be_v restore_v to_o their_o own_o country_n after_o the_o fulfil_n of_o the_o time_n of_o the_o gentile_n i._n e._n at_o the_o end_n of_o antichristian_a time_n matth._n 21.24_o 3._o there_o will_v be_v day_n of_o great_a tribulation_n and_o immediate_o after_o they_o there_o will_v be_v many_o sign_n of_o christ_n come_n and_o of_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n and_o very_o great_a preparation_n for_o the_o general_a conflagration_n matth._n 24.3_o 29._o mather_z de_fw-fr signo_fw-la filii_fw-la hominis_fw-la dr._n burnet_n theory_n b._n 3._o chap._n 10_o 11_o 12._o 4._o then_o will_v appear_v some_o extraordinary_a sign_n of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n in_o heaven_n upon_o which_o all_o the_o tribe_n of_o the_o earth_n shall_v mourn_v and_o the_o son_n of_o man_n shall_v be_v see_v come_v in_o the_o cloud_n of_o heaven_n matth._n 24.30_o 5._o as_o soon_o as_o ever_o christ_n shall_v appear_v the_o dead_a will_v be_v raise_v and_o the_o earth_n and_o heaven_n of_o this_o present_a world_n will_v at_o the_o same_o time_n be_v dissolve_v by_o fire_n in_o which_o the_o wicked_a live_v and_o raise_v be_v punish_v 3.7_o punish_v 2_o thes_n 1.8_o 9_o 2_o pet._n 3.7_o vengeance_n be_v to_o be_v take_v on_o they_o and_o they_o suffer_v perdition_n in_o and_o by_o this_o conflagration_n of_o the_o heaven_n and_o earth_n which_o be_v keep_v in_o store_n and_o preserve_v by_o god_n for_o the_o perdition_n of_o ungodly_a man_n and_o that_o not_o only_o of_o the_o wicked_a man_n of_o that_o generation_n which_o shall_v be_v then_o alive_a but_o of_o all_o who_o have_v die_v in_o their_o sin_n it_o be_v plain_a that_o our_o saviour_n bid_v all_o of_o every_o generation_n watch_n lest_o that_o day_n surprise_v they_o and_o that_o he_o suppose_v that_o sodom_n and_o gomorrah_n which_o be_v set_v forth_o for_o a_o example_n of_o eternal_a fire_n shall_v suffer_v again_o in_o the_o day_n of_o judgement_n and_o that_o all_o which_o repent_v not_o must_v perish_v 7._o perish_v luke_n 13.3_o 5._o matth._n 11.24_o judas_n 7._o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d after_o the_o like_a manner_n with_o the_o galilean_n and_o those_o on_o who_o the_o tower_n of_o siloam_n fall_v that_o be_v by_o sudden_a bodily_a judgement_n which_o can_v happen_v to_o all_o impenitent_n only_a at_o this_o general_a judgement_n by_o fire_n 6._o the_o whole_a antichristian_a state_n will_v be_v utter_o annihilate_v at_o the_o first_o appearance_n of_o christ_n satan_n will_v be_v bind_v for_o a_o thousand_o year_n and_o the_o wicked_a will_v not_o be_v consume_v in_o the_o conflagration_n but_o have_v body_n capable_a of_o undergo_a it_o will_v be_v bring_v thereby_o into_o a_o state_n of_o confinement_n and_o that_o as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o jesuit_n the_o see_v the_o opinion_n of_o the_o ancient_n about_o limbus_n patrum_fw-la in_o bp._n usher_n answer_n to_o the_o jesuit_n end_n and_o corner_n of_o the_o new_a earth_n during_o the_o
13_o i_o christ_n come_v 14_o quick_o in_o judgement_n to_o my_o kingdom_n for_o the_o 15_o vial_n be_v now_o ready_a to_o be_v pour_v forth_o bless_a therefore_o and_o this_o admonition_n be_v at_o this_o time_n of_o all_o other_o the_o most_o seasonable_a when_o the_o severe_a judgement_n of_o god_n be_v ready_a to_o be_v execute_v be_v he_o that_o keep_v the_o say_n of_o the_o prophecy_n of_o this_o book_n see_v chap._n 1_o 3.3_o 11._o 13_o here_o christ_n himself_o speak_v this_o be_v a_o sacred_a drama_n in_o which_o according_a to_o the_o nature_n of_o such_o representation_n several_a person_n be_v introduce_v and_o there_o be_v many_o interlocutory_a passage_n as_o be_v observable_a in_o the_o song_n of_o solomon_n which_o be_v a_o dramatic_a poem_n in_o the_o form_n of_o a_o pastoral_n eclogue_n 14_o this_o epilogue_n or_o conclusion_n seem_v to_o refer_v to_o some_o of_o the_o most_o important_a and_o remarkable_a passage_n of_o the_o whole_a vision_n which_o it_o behove_v all_o to_o take_v the_o chief_a notice_n of_o according_a to_o the_o method_n observe_v in_o the_o first_o chapter_n which_o be_v as_o it_o be_v a_o prologue_n or_o introduction_n to_o it_o and_o according_o the_o sudden_a come_v of_o christ_n to_o take_v vengeance_n of_o his_o enemy_n in_o the_o pour_v forth_o of_o the_o vial_n be_v one_o of_o the_o most_o remarkable_a event_n foretell_v in_o this_o vision_n be_v here_o again_o mention_v as_o it_o have_v be_v before_o chap._n 1.7_o 15_o for_o it_o seem_v probable_a from_o chap._n 21.9_o that_o this_o part_n of_o the_o vision_n be_v see_v and_o hear_v by_o john_n just_a before_o he_o have_v the_o representation_n of_o the_o pour_v forth_o of_o the_o vial_n when_o the_o admonition_n to_o keep_v and_o observe_v the_o word_n of_o this_o prophecy_n be_v most_o high_o seasonable_a for_o by_o a_o close_a consideration_n of_o chap._n 17_o 1.19_o 7-11_a 21_o 9_o it_o seem_v as_o if_o the_o first_o or_o principal_a angel_n of_o the_o vial_n which_o show_v john_n the_o judgement_n of_o the_o whore_n and_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n give_v he_o also_o this_o conclusion_n at_o the_o same_o time_n apt_o fit_v to_o the_o time_n just_a before_o the_o pour_v forth_o of_o the_o vial_n when_o it_o be_v necessary_a that_o the_o saint_n shall_v not_o only_o have_v a_o comfortable_a view_n of_o the_o bless_a state_n but_o also_o be_v assure_v of_o the_o sudden_a come_n of_o it_o that_o they_o may_v be_v sustain_v under_o the_o dismal_a tribulation_n then_o approach_v whereupon_o they_o be_v again_o assure_v of_o his_o quick_a come_n verse_n 12._o 8_o and_o i_o john_n the_o apocalyptick_n apostle_n and_o servant_n of_o christ_n see_v on_o chap._n 21.2_o see_v these_fw-mi forego_v thing_n relate_v to_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n and_o hear_o the_o voice_n of_o jesus_n and_o of_o his_o angel_n verse_n 6_o 7._o and_o 16_o both_o see_v and_o hear_v all_o the_o say_n and_o vision_n of_o this_o book_n and_o therefore_o be_o worthy_a of_o belief_n as_o have_v be_v a_o eye_n and_o earwitness_n of_o they_o and_o when_o i_o have_v hear_v and_o sâ—â—â—_n the_o glorious_a state_n of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n i_o fall_v 17_o down_n to_o worship_n before_o the_o foot_n of_o the_o angel_n which_o show_v i_o these_o thing_n and_o who_o have_v also_o bring_v i_o the_o glad_a tiding_n of_o a_o judgement_n on_o god_n enemy_n the_o whore_n chap._n 17.1_o and_o of_o the_o marriage-supper_n chap._n 19_o 9_o 1â—_n although_o these_o word_n have_v a_o immediate_a reference_n to_o â—hâ—â—_n have_v be_v see_v just_o before_o yet_o they_o may_v also_o refer_v to_o all_o the_o 〈◊〉_d go_v vision_n of_o this_o book_n 17_o it_o be_v something_o difficult_a to_o determine_v whether_o this_o passage_n be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o former_a relate_v chap._n 19_o 7-21_a and_o only_o twice_o repeat_v to_o show_v the_o importance_n of_o the_o matter_n and_o the_o great_a danger_n of_o fall_v into_o the_o sin_n of_o idolatry_n although_o the_o relation_n be_v something_o different_a from_o the_o former_a according_a to_o the_o manner_n of_o the_o evangelist_n the_o latter_a of_o who_o deliver_v some_o thing_n more_o full_o and_o complete_o than_o the_o former_a and_o the_o two_o representation_n although_o of_o the_o same_o thing_n be_v very_o different_a the_o one_o be_v upon_o the_o view_n of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n state_n in_o its_o full_a glory_n and_o complete_a description_n the_o other_o chap._n 19_o only_a upon_o the_o sight_n of_o the_o preparation_n of_o the_o bride_n and_o her_o come_n down_o out_o of_o heaven_n 9_o then_o say_v he_o unto_o i_o immediate_o in_o great_a haste_n and_o with_o great_a zeal_n and_o vehemency_n see_v chap._n 19_o 10_o see_v thou_o do_v it_o not_o for_o i_o be_o thy_o fellow-servant_n be_v therefore_o be_o not_o to_o be_v worsh_a p_v and_o the_o fellow-servant_n of_o thy_o brethren_n the_o prophet_n and_o of_o they_o which_o keep_v 18_o the_o saying_n of_o this_o book_n i._n e._n ay_o although_o a_o angel_n of_o so_o great_a rank_n and_o ministry_n be_o yet_o but_o a_o fellow-creature_n with_o thou_o and_o the_o holy_a saint_n and_o witness_n and_o their_o fellow-servant_n also_o in_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n state_n in_o which_o you_o and_o they_o shall_v be_v equal_a unto_o angel_n and_o therefore_o i_o be_o nâ—t_a to_o be_v worship_v worship_n be_v due_a to_o superior_n not_o equal_v creature_n and_o servant_n see_v on_o chap._n 19.10_o worship_n therefore_o god_n be_v he_o alone_o matth._n 4.10_o 18_o here_o the_o angel_n seem_v to_o intimate_v as_o if_o the_o say_n of_o this_o book_n be_v a_o caution_n against_o the_o apostatical_a state_n and_o the_o worship_n of_o angel_n and_o also_o the_o rule_n and_o model_n of_o divine_a worship_n from_o the_o first_o apostolical_a state_n of_o the_o church_n typify_v by_o ephesus_n to_o the_o high_a state_n of_o it_o in_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n according_a to_o which_o as_o he_o can_v not_o receive_v such_o worship_n so_o ought_v not_o john_n also_o to_o have_v give_v it_o unto_o he_o and_o this_o passage_n also_o afford_v a_o clear_a proof_n of_o the_o divinity_n of_o christ_n in_o humane_a nature_n because_o divine_a worship_n be_v pay_v unto_o he_o all_o along_o in_o this_o book_n 10_o and_o he_o i._n c._n christ_n ver._n 12_o 13_o 16_o 20._o say_v unto_o i_o seal_v 19_o not_o the_o say_n of_o the_o prophecy_n of_o this_o book_n for_o the_o time_n of_o the_o completion_n of_o all_o the_o sealing_n mention_v in_o this_o book_n be_v now_o at_o hand_n 19_o these_o word_n must_v refer_v to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n when_o all_o the_o thunder_n be_v unseal_v chap._n 14._o just_a before_o the_o pour_v forth_o of_o the_o vial_n until_o when_o it_o can_v not_o proper_o be_v use_v it_o be_v express_o command_v that_o every_o one_o of_o the_o thunder_n shall_v be_v seal_v 11_o he_o that_o 20_o be_v unjust_a let_v he_o be_v unjust_a still_o and_o he_o which_o be_v filthy_a i_o e._n guilty_a of_o any_o other_o sin_n all_o of_o which_o defile_v a_o man_n mat._n 15.18_o jam._n 1_o 21.3_o 6_o let_v he_o be_v filthy_a still_o and_o he_o that_o be_v righteous_a or_o justify_v let_v he_o be_v righteous_a still_o and_o he_o that_o be_v holy_a or_o sanctify_a let_v he_o be_v holy_a still_o i._n e._n the_o time_n and_o place_n of_o repentance_n be_v no_o more_o to_o be_v find_v but_o he_o that_o be_v unjust_a and_o filthy_a will_v not_o repent_v and_o he_o that_o be_v just_a and_o holy_a shall_v continue_v so_o still_o 20_o these_o word_n seem_v to_o have_v a_o respect_n to_o the_o time_n just_a before_o the_o pour_v forth_o of_o the_o vial_n when_o those_o man_n who_o have_v be_v proof_n against_o the_o preach_n of_o the_o everlasting_a gospel_n be_v judicial_o deliver_v over_o to_o punishment_n because_o of_o the_o wilful_a obstinacy_n and_o hardness_n of_o their_o heart_n whereupon_o they_o blaspheme_v and_o repent_v not_o see_v chap._n 16.9_o 12_o and_o behold_v i_o come_v 21_o quick_o to_o judgement_n in_o my_o kingdom_n and_o my_o reward_n be_v with_o i_o to_o give_v every_o man_n according_a as_o his_o work_n shall_v be_v good_a or_o bad_a matth._n 16.27_o rev._n 10.18.20_o 12-15_a 21_o this_o must_v be_v suppose_v to_o be_v speak_v before_o the_o pour_v forth_o of_o the_o vial_n in_o which_o the_o wicked_a receive_v their_o reward_n in_o punishment_n 13_o i_o be_o alpha_n and_o omega_n the_o beginning_n and_o the_o end_n the_o first_o and_o the_o last_o i._n e._n i_o be_o the_o eternal_a god_n who_o as_o i_o give_v be_v to_o all_o thing_n so_o do_v i_o put_v a_o end_n to_o they_o too_o and_o i_o be_o more_o especial_o show_v this_o my_o divine_a power_n in_o bring_v all_o thing_n to_o perfection_n